HRP20030141A2 - Phenoxybenzylamine derivatives as selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitors - Google Patents

Phenoxybenzylamine derivatives as selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
HRP20030141A2
HRP20030141A2 HR20030141A HRP20030141A HRP20030141A2 HR P20030141 A2 HRP20030141 A2 HR P20030141A2 HR 20030141 A HR20030141 A HR 20030141A HR P20030141 A HRP20030141 A HR P20030141A HR P20030141 A2 HRP20030141 A2 HR P20030141A2
Authority
HR
Croatia
Prior art keywords
methyl
formula
compound
image
pharmaceutically acceptable
Prior art date
Application number
HR20030141A
Other languages
Croatian (hr)
Inventor
Mavis Diane Adam
Mark David Andrews
Mark Leonard Elliott
Geoffrey Adward Gymer
David Hepworth
Harry Ralph Howard Jr
Donald Stuart Middleton
Alan Stobie
Original Assignee
Pfizer
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from GB0021593A external-priority patent/GB0021593D0/en
Priority claimed from GB0107116A external-priority patent/GB0107116D0/en
Application filed by Pfizer filed Critical Pfizer
Publication of HRP20030141A2 publication Critical patent/HRP20030141A2/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/60Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D277/62Benzothiazoles
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C311/00Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/30Sulfonamides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/37Sulfonamides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having the sulfur atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/13Amines
    • A61K31/135Amines having aromatic rings, e.g. ketamine, nortriptyline
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/34Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having five-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. isosorbide
    • A61K31/343Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having five-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. isosorbide condensed with a carbocyclic ring, e.g. coumaran, bufuralol, befunolol, clobenfurol, amiodarone
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/38Heterocyclic compounds having sulfur as a ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/381Heterocyclic compounds having sulfur as a ring hetero atom having five-membered rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/38Heterocyclic compounds having sulfur as a ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/39Heterocyclic compounds having sulfur as a ring hetero atom having oxygen in the same ring
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/10Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for impotence
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24Antidepressants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/30Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C311/00Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/01Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C311/02Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton
    • C07C311/08Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C323/00Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
    • C07C323/10Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/18Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atom of at least one of the thio groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/20Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atom of at least one of the thio groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton with singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/16Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D215/20Oxygen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/70Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D239/72Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines
    • C07D239/74Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, attached to ring carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/77Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D307/87Benzo [c] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [c] furans
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D327/00Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having oxygen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D327/02Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having oxygen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms one oxygen atom and one sulfur atom
    • C07D327/06Six-membered rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/50Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D333/52Benzo[b]thiophenes; Hydrogenated benzo[b]thiophenes
    • C07D333/54Benzo[b]thiophenes; Hydrogenated benzo[b]thiophenes with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/50Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D333/72Benzo[c]thiophenes; Hydrogenated benzo[c]thiophenes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2602/00Systems containing two condensed rings
    • C07C2602/02Systems containing two condensed rings the rings having only two atoms in common
    • C07C2602/04One of the condensed rings being a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C2602/08One of the condensed rings being a six-membered aromatic ring the other ring being five-membered, e.g. indane

Description

Ovaj izum se odnosi na nove spojeve difenil etera koji inhibiraju ponovni unos monoamina. Detaljnije, spojevi ovog izuma pokazuju aktivnost selektivnih inhibitora ponovnog unosa serotonina (SSRIs) i kao takvi su korisni u različitim terapeutskim područjima. Značajnost spojeva ovog izuma je njihova uporabljivost u liječenju ili u prevenciji različitih poremećaja, uključujući one koji obuhvaćaju regulaciju transportne funkcije monoamina, kao što su depresija, hiperaktivni poremećaj uz deficit pažnje, opsesivno-kompulzivni poremećaj, posttraumatski stresni poremećaj, poremećaji zloupotrebe droga i seksualna disfunkcija uključujući preuranjenu ejakulaciju, kao i u farmaceutskim oblicima koji sadrže takve spojeve. This invention relates to novel diphenyl ether compounds that inhibit monoamine reuptake. In more detail, the compounds of the present invention exhibit selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) activity and as such are useful in a variety of therapeutic areas. The significance of the compounds of this invention is their utility in the treatment or prevention of various disorders, including those involving the regulation of monoamine transport function, such as depression, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, post-traumatic stress disorder, drug abuse disorders and sexual dysfunction. including premature ejaculation, as well as in pharmaceutical forms containing such compounds.

Prema prvom aspektu, izum opisuje spoj prikazan općom formulom (1), njegove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli, solvates ili polimorfe; According to the first aspect, the invention describes the compound represented by the general formula (1), its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or polymorphs;

[image] [image]

gdje; where;

R1 i R2, koji mogu biti isti ili različiti, jesu H, C1-C6alkil ili (CH2)d(C3-C6cikloalkil) pri čemu d=0, 1, 2 ili 3; ili R1 i R2 zajedno s dušikom na koji su spojeni tvore azetidinski prsten; R1 and R2, which may be the same or different, are H, C1-C6alkyl or (CH2)d(C3-C6cycloalkyl) where d=0, 1, 2 or 3; or R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form an azetidine ring;

Z ili Y je -SR3 a drugi Z ili Y je halogen ili -R3 ; pri čemu R3 je neovisni C1-C4alkil eventualno supstituiran s fluorom; uz iznimku da R3 nije CF3; Z or Y is -SR3 and the other Z or Y is halogen or -R3; wherein R 3 is an independent C 1 -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with fluorine; with the exception that R 3 is not CF 3 ;

ili Z i Y su povezani tako da, zajedno s međusobno povezujućim atomima, Z i Y tvore spojeni 5 do 7-člani karbociklički ili heterociklički prsten koji može biti zasićen, nezasićen ili aromatski, a kada Z i Y tvore heterociklički prsten, u dodatku na atome ugljika, spojnica sadrži jedan ili dva heteroatoma neovisno odabrana iz skupine koju čine kisik, sumpor i dušik; uz uvjet da kada R5 je fluor i R2 je metil tada spojeni prsten nije 1,3-dioksolan, a Z i Y zajedno ne tvore spojeni fenilni prsten; or Z and Y are linked so that, together with the connecting atoms, Z and Y form a fused 5- to 7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring which may be saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, and when Z and Y form a heterocyclic ring, in addition to carbon atoms, the linker contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen; with the proviso that when R5 is fluorine and R2 is methyl then the fused ring is not 1,3-dioxolane and Z and Y together do not form a fused phenyl ring;

R4 i R5, koji mogu biti isti ili različiti, jesu: R4 and R5, which can be the same or different, are:

A-X, gdje A=-CH=CH- ili -(CH2)p- pri čemu p je 0, 1 ili 2; X je vodik, F, Cl, Br, I, CONR6R7, SO2NR6R7, SO2NHC(=O)R6, OH, C1-4alkoksi, NR8SO2R9, NO2, NR6R11, CN, CO2R10, CHO, SR10 , S(O)R9 ili SO2R10; R6, R7, R8 i R10 koji mogu biti isti ili različiti, jesu vodik ili C1-6alkil eventualno supstituiran neovisno s jedan ili više R12; R9 je C1-6alkil eventualno supstituiran neovisno s jedan ili više R12; R11 je vodik, C1-6alkil eventualno supstituiran neovisno s jedan ili više R12, C(O)R6, CO2R9, C(O)NHR6 ili SO2NR6R7; R12 je F (preferira se do 3 atoma), OH, CO2H, C3-6cikloalkil, NH2, CONH2, C1-6alkoksi, C1-6alkoksikarbonil ili 5- ili 6-člani heterociklički prsten koji sadrži 1, 2 ili 3 heteroatoma odabrana iz skupine koju čine N, S i O eventualno supstituiran neovisno s jedan ili više R13; ili R6 i R7, zajedno s dušikom na koji su spojeni, tvore 4-, 5- ili 6-člani heterociklički prsten eventualno supstituiran neovisno s jedan ili više R13; ili A-X, where A=-CH=CH- or -(CH2)p- where p is 0, 1 or 2; X is hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, I, CONR6R7, SO2NR6R7, SO2NHC(=O)R6, OH, C1-4Alkoxy, NR8SO2R9, NO2, NR6R11, CN, CO2R10, CHO, SR10, S(O)R9 or SO2R10 ; R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 10 , which may be the same or different, are hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted independently by one or more R 12 ; R 9 is C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted independently by one or more R 12 ; R 11 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted independently by one or more R 12 , C(O)R 6 , CO 2 R 9 , C(O)NHR 6 or SO 2 NR 6 R 7 ; R 12 is F (up to 3 atoms are preferred), OH, CO 2 H, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, NH 2 , CONH 2 , C 1-6 alkoxy, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyl or a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S and O optionally substituted independently by one or more R 13 ; or R 6 and R 7 , together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a 4-, 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring optionally substituted independently by one or more R 13 ; or

5- ili 6-člani heterociklički prsten koji sadrži 1, 2 ili 3 heteroatoma odabrana iz skupine koju čine N, S i O, eventualno supstituiran neovisno s jedan ili više R13; pri čemu R13 je hidroksi, C1-C4alkoksi, F, C1-C6alkil, haloalkil, haloalkoksi, -NH2, -NH(C1-C6alkil) ili -N(C1-C6alkil)2. 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S and O, optionally substituted independently by one or more R 13 ; wherein R 13 is hydroxy, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, F, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkyl, -NH 2 , -NH(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) or -N(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) 2 .

Ako nije drugačije naznačeno, svaka alkilna skupina može biti ravna ili razgranata i sadrži 1 do 6 atoma ugljika, preferira se 1 do 4, a naročito 1 do 3 atoma ugljika. Unless otherwise indicated, each alkyl group may be straight or branched and contain 1 to 6 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 4, and especially 1 to 3 carbon atoms.

Ako nije drugačije naznačeno, svaka karbociklilna skupina sadrži 3 do 8 atoma u prstenu, a može biti zasićena, nezasićena ili aromatska. Pogodne zasićene karbociklilne skupine su ciklopropil, ciklopentil ili cikloheksil. Pogodne nezasićene karbociklilne skupine sadrže do 3 dvostruke veze. Pogodna aromatska karbociklilna skupina je fenil. Izraz karbociklički trebao bi biti slično tumačen. Nadalje, izraz karbociklil uključuje svaku spojenu kombinaciju karbociklilnih skupina, primjerice naftila, fenantrila, indanila i indenila. Unless otherwise indicated, each carbocyclyl group contains 3 to 8 ring atoms and may be saturated, unsaturated or aromatic. Suitable saturated carbocyclyl groups are cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl. Suitable unsaturated carbocyclyl groups contain up to 3 double bonds. A suitable aromatic carbocyclyl group is phenyl. The term carbocyclic should be interpreted similarly. Furthermore, the term carbocyclyl includes any fused combination of carbocyclyl groups, for example naphthyl, phenanthryl, indanyl and indenyl.

Ako nije drugačije naznačeno, svaka heterociklilna skupina sadrži 5 do 7 atoma u prstenu s time da do 4 atoma mogu biti heteroatomi kao što su dušik, kisik i sumpor, a svaka skupina može biti zasićena, nezasićena ili aromatska. Primjeri heterociklilnih skupina su furil, tienil, pirolil, pirolinil, pirolidinil, imidazolil, dioksolanil, oksazolil, tiazolil, imidazolil, imidazolinil, imidazolidinil, pirazolil, pirazolinil, pirazolidinil, izoksazolil, izotiazolil, oksadiazolil, triazolil, tiadiazolil, piranil, piridil, piperidinil, dioksanil, morfolino, ditianil, tiomorfolino, piridazinil, pirimidinil, pirazinil, piperazinil, sulfolanil, tetrazolil, triazinil, azepinil, oksazepinil, tiazepinil, diazepinil i tiazolinil. Nadalje, izraz heterociklil uključuje spojene heterociklilne skupine, npr. benzimidazolil, benzoksazolil, imidazopiridinil, benzoksazinil, benzotiazinil, oksazolopiridinil, benzofuranil, kinolinil, kinazolinil, kinoksalinil, dihidrokinazolinil, benzotiazolil, ftalimido, benzofuranil, benzodiazepinil, indolil i izoindolil. Izraz heterociklički trebao bi biti slično tumačen. Unless otherwise indicated, each heterocyclyl group contains 5 to 7 ring atoms, with up to 4 atoms being heteroatoms such as nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and each group can be saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic. Examples of heterocyclyl groups are furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolyl, dioxolanyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyranyl, pyridyl, piperidinyl, dioxanyl, morpholino, dithianyl, thiomorpholino, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, piperazinyl, sulfolanyl, tetrazolyl, triazinyl, azepinyl, oxazepinyl, thiazepinyl, diazepinyl and thiazolinyl. Further, the term heterocyclyl includes fused heterocyclyl groups, e.g., benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, benzoxazinyl, benzothiazinyl, oxazolopyridinyl, benzofuranyl, quinolinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, dihydroquinazolinyl, benzothiazolyl, phthalimido, benzofuranyl, benzodiazepine, indolyl, and isoindolyl. The term heterocyclic should be interpreted similarly.

Halo označava fluoro, kloro, bromo ili jodo. Halo means fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo.

Pogodni R1 i R2, koji mogu biti isti ili različiti, jesu vodik ili C1-C6alkil. Suitable R 1 and R 2 , which may be the same or different, are hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl.

Pogodnije vodik ili metil. Preferably hydrogen or methyl.

Kada Z ili Y je -SR3, preferira se da R3 je metil ili etil. When Z or Y is -SR 3 , it is preferred that R 3 is methyl or ethyl.

Kada Z i Y tvore spojeni prsten, pogodan prsten je heterociklički. Još pogodnije je da spojnica sadrži jedan ili dva atoma sumpora. When Z and Y form a fused ring, a suitable ring is heterocyclic. It is even more convenient for the linker to contain one or two sulfur atoms.

Preferira se da R4 i R5 nisu oba vodik. It is preferred that R4 and R5 are not both hydrogen.

Pogodni R4 i R5, koji mogu biti isti ili različiti, jesu Suitable R4 and R5, which may be the same or different, are

-(CH2)p-X, gdje p je 0, 1 ili 2 (preferira se 0 ili 1); X je vodik, hidroksi, CONR6R7, SO2NR6R7, NR8SO2R9, SR10, SOR9 ili SO2R10 pri čemu R6, R7, R8, R9 i R10 su kao što su opisani u prvom aspektu, ili -(CH2)p-X, where p is 0, 1 or 2 (0 or 1 is preferred); X is hydrogen, hydroxy, CONR6R7, SO2NR6R7, NR8SO2R9, SR10, SOR9 or SO2R10 wherein R6, R7, R8, R9 and R10 are as described in the first aspect, or

5- ili 6-člani heterociklički prsten koji sadrži 1, 2 ili 3 heteroatoma odabrana iz skupine koju čine N, S i O (preferira se oksadiazolil, triazolil, imidazolil, oksazolil, pirazolil, piridinil ili pirimidinil). A 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S and O (oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl or pyrimidinyl are preferred).

Pogodniji R4 i R5, koji mogu biti isti ili različiti, jesu: More suitable R4 and R5, which can be the same or different, are:

-(CH2)p-X, gdje p je 0 ili 1; X je vodik, hidroksi, CONR6R7, SO2NR6R7 ili NR8SO2R9; pri čemu R6 i R7, koji mogu biti isti ili različiti, jesu vodik ili C1-C3alkil eventualno supstituiran s hidroksi,-CONH2 ili C1-C3alkoksi (preferira se metoksi); R8 je vodik, hidroksietil ili metil; ili R9 je metil, etil, izopropil, trifluorometil ili metoksietil; ili -(CH2)p-X, where p is 0 or 1; X is hydrogen, hydroxy, CONR6R7, SO2NR6R7 or NR8SO2R9; wherein R 6 and R 7 , which may be the same or different, are hydrogen or C 1 -C 3 alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, -CONH 2 or C 1 -C 3 alkoxy (methoxy is preferred); R 8 is hydrogen, hydroxyethyl or methyl; or R 9 is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, trifluoromethyl or methoxyethyl; or

triazolil, imidazolil ili pirazolil. triazolyl, imidazolyl or pyrazolyl.

Još pogodniji R4 je vodik. An even more suitable R4 is hydrogen.

Pogodni R6 i R7, koji mogu biti isti ili različiti, jesu vodik, C1-C3alkil eventualno supstituiran s hidroksi, -CONH2 ili C1-C3alkoksi (preferira se metoksi). Pogodniji R6 i R7, koji mogu biti isti ili različiti, jesu vodik ili metil, a još pogodniji vodik. Suitable R 6 and R 7 , which may be the same or different, are hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, -CONH 2 or C 1 -C 3 alkoxy (methoxy is preferred). More suitable R6 and R7, which can be the same or different, are hydrogen or methyl, and even more suitable is hydrogen.

Kada je prisutan, pogodni R12 je oksadiazolil, triazolil, imidazolil, oksazolil, pirazolil, piridinil ili pirimidinil. Pogodniji triazolil, imidazolil ili pirazolil. When present, suitable R 12 is oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl or pyrimidinyl. More suitable triazolyl, imidazolyl or pyrazolyl.

U slučaju gdje R6 i R7, zajedno s dušikom na koji su spojeni, tvore heterociklički prsten, preferirani prsteni su pirolidin ili piperidin prsteni, a svaki od njih može biti supstituiran s OH ili CONH2 ili morfolinski prsten koji može biti supstituiran s CONH2. In the case where R 6 and R 7 , together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic ring, the preferred rings are pyrrolidine or piperidine rings, each of which may be substituted with OH or CONH 2 , or a morpholine ring which may be substituted with CONH 2 .

Pogodni R11 je vodik ili C1-6 alkil. Suitable R 11 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl.

Pogodni R8 je vodik, hidroksietil ili metil. Pogodnije vodik. Suitable R8 is hydrogen, hydroxyethyl or methyl. Better hydrogen.

Pogodni R9 je metil, etil, izopropil, trifluorometil ili metoksietil. Pogodnije metil ili etil (najpogodnije metil). Suitable R9 is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, trifluoromethyl or methoxyethyl. Preferably methyl or ethyl (most preferably methyl).

Pogodni R10 je metil ili etil. Suitable R 10 is methyl or ethyl.

Pogodni p je 1 ili 0, pogodnije 0. A suitable p is 1 or 0, more preferably 0.

Pogodno Fit

R1 i R2, koji mogu biti isti ili različiti, jesu vodik ili metil; R1 and R2, which may be the same or different, are hydrogen or methyl;

kada je prisutan, R3 je metil ili etil; ili Z i Y su povezani tako da, zajedno s međusobno povezujućim atomima, Z i Y tvore spojeni 5 do 7-člani karbociklički ili heterociklički prsten koji može biti zasićen, nezasićen ili aromatski, a kada Z i Y tvore heterociklički prsten, pored atoma ugljika, spojnica sadrži jedan ili dva heteroatoma neovisno odabrana iz skupine koju čine kisik, sumpor i dušik; i when present, R 3 is methyl or ethyl; or Z and Y are linked so that, together with the connecting atoms, Z and Y form a fused 5- to 7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring which may be saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, and when Z and Y form a heterocyclic ring, next to the carbon atom , the linker contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen; and

R4 i R5, koji mogu biti isti ili različiti, jesu R4 and R5, which may be the same or different, are

(CH2)p-X, gdje p je 0 ili 1; X je vodik, hidroksi, CONR6R7, SO2NR6R7, NR8SO2R9, SR10, SOR9 ili SO2R10 i pri čemu R6 i R7, koji mogu biti isti ili različiti, jesu vodik, C1-C3alkil eventualno supstituiran s hidroksi, -CONH2 ili C1-C3alkoksi (preferira se metoksi); ili R6 i R7, zajedno s dušikom na koji su spojeni, mogu tvoriti morfolinski, pirolidinski ili piperidinski prsten, a svaki od njih može biti supstituiran s OH ili CONH2; R8 je vodik, hidroksietil ili metil (preferira se vodik); R9 je metil, etil, izopropil, trifluorometil ili metoksietil; i R10 je metil ili etil; ili (CH2)p-X, where p is 0 or 1; X is hydrogen, hydroxy, CONR6R7, SO2NR6R7, NR8SO2R9, SR10, SOR9 or SO2R10 and wherein R6 and R7, which may be the same or different, are hydrogen, C1-C3alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, -CONH2 or C1-C3 alkoxy (preferred is methoxy); or R 6 and R 7 , together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, may form a morpholine, pyrrolidine or piperidine ring, each of which may be substituted with OH or CONH 2 ; R 8 is hydrogen, hydroxyethyl or methyl (hydrogen is preferred); R 9 is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, trifluoromethyl or methoxyethyl; and R 10 is methyl or ethyl; or

oksadiazolilna, triazolilna, imidazolilna, oksazolilna, pirazolilna, piridinilna ili pirimidinilna skupina. an oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl or pyrimidinyl group.

Pogodnije More convenient

R1 i R2, koji mogu biti isti ili različiti, jesu vodik ili metil; R1 and R2, which may be the same or different, are hydrogen or methyl;

kada je prisutan, R3 je metil ili etil; ili Z i Y su povezani tako da, zajedno s međusobno povezujućim atomima, Z i Y tvore spojeni 5 do 7-člani heterociklički prsten koji sadrži 1 ili 2 atoma sumpora; i when present, R 3 is methyl or ethyl; or Z and Y are linked such that, together with the linking atoms, Z and Y form a fused 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1 or 2 sulfur atoms; and

R4 i R5, koji mogu biti isti ili različiti, jesu R4 and R5, which may be the same or different, are

-(CH2)p-X, gdje p je 0 ili 1; X je vodik, hidroksi, CONR6R7, SO2NR6R7 ili NR8SO2R9; pri čemu R6 i R7, koji mogu biti isti ili različiti, jesu vodik, C1-C3alkil eventualno supstituiran s hidroksi, -CONH2 ili C1-C3alkoksi (preferira se metoksi); R8 je vodik, hidroksietil ili metil; R9 je metil, etil, izopropil, trifluorometil ili metoksietil; ili -(CH2)p-X, where p is 0 or 1; X is hydrogen, hydroxy, CONR6R7, SO2NR6R7 or NR8SO2R9; wherein R 6 and R 7 , which may be the same or different, are hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, -CONH 2 or C 1 -C 3 alkoxy (methoxy is preferred); R 8 is hydrogen, hydroxyethyl or methyl; R 9 is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, trifluoromethyl or methoxyethyl; or

triazolil, imidazolil ili pirazolil. triazolyl, imidazolyl or pyrazolyl.

Još pogodnije Even more convenient

R1 i R2, koji mogu biti isti ili različiti, jesu vodik ili metil; R1 and R2, which may be the same or different, are hydrogen or methyl;

kada je prisutan, R3 je metil ili etil; ili Z i Y su povezani tako da, zajedno s međusobno povezujućim atomima, Z i Y tvore spojeni zasićeni 5 do 7-člani heterociklički prsten koji sadrži 1 ili 2 atoma sumpora; when present, R 3 is methyl or ethyl; or Z and Y are linked such that, together with the linking atoms, Z and Y form a fused saturated 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1 or 2 sulfur atoms;

R4 je vodik, i R 4 is hydrogen, and

R5 je It's an R5

-(CH2)p-X, gdje p je 0 ili 1; X je vodik, hidroksi, CONR6R7, SO2NR6R7 ili NR8SO2R9; pri čemu R6 i R7, koji mogu biti isti ili različiti, su vodik, C1-C3alkil eventualno supstituiran s hidroksi, -CONH2 ili C1-C3alkoksi (preferira se metoksi); R8 je vodik, hidroksietil ili metil; R9 je metil, etil, izopropil, trifluorometil ili metoksietil; ili -(CH2)p-X, where p is 0 or 1; X is hydrogen, hydroxy, CONR6R7, SO2NR6R7 or NR8SO2R9; wherein R 6 and R 7 , which may be the same or different, are hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, -CONH 2 or C 1 -C 3 alkoxy (methoxy is preferred); R 8 is hydrogen, hydroxyethyl or methyl; R 9 is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, trifluoromethyl or methoxyethyl; or

triazolil, imidazolil ili pirazolil. triazolyl, imidazolyl or pyrazolyl.

Još pogodnije je da R4 i R5 nisu oba vodik. More preferably, R4 and R5 are not both hydrogen.

Pogodni spojevi su: Suitable compounds are:

4-(2,3-dihidro-1-benzotien-5-iloksi)-3-[(metilamino)metil]-benzensulfonamid (Primjer 2); 4-(2,3-dihydro-1-benzothien-5-yloxy)-3-[(methylamino)methyl]-benzenesulfonamide (Example 2);

3-[(dimetilamino)metil]-4-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-benzensulfonamid (Primjer 12); 3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-4-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-benzenesulfonamide (Example 12);

4-(2,3-dihidro-1-benzotien-5-iloksi)-3-[(dimetilamino)metil]-benzensulfonamid (Primjer 16); 4-(2,3-dihydro-1-benzothien-5-yloxy)-3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-benzenesulfonamide (Example 16);

4- [3-kloro-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-3-[(dimetilamino)metil]-benzensulfonamid (Primjer 17); 4-[3-chloro-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-benzenesulfonamide (Example 17);

3-[(dimetilamino)metil]-4-[3-fluoro-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-benzensulfonamid (Primjer 18); 3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-4-[3-fluoro-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-benzenesulfonamide (Example 18);

N,N-diemetil-N-[2-(6-kinoliniloksi)benzil]-amin (Primjer 29); N,N-dimethyl-N-[2-(6-quinolinyloxy)benzyl]-amine (Example 29);

3-[(metilamino)metil]-4-(6-kinoliniloksi)-benzensulfonamid (Primjer 35); 3-[(methylamino)methyl]-4-(6-quinolinyloxy)-benzenesulfonamide (Example 35);

4-(2,3-dihidro-1-benzotien-5-iloksi)-3-[(metilamino)metil]-benzamid (Primjer 60); 4-(2,3-dihydro-1-benzothien-5-yloxy)-3-[(methylamino)methyl]-benzamide (Example 60);

4-(2,3-dihidro-1-benzotien-5-iloksi)-N-metil-3-[(metilamino)metil]-benzamid (Primjer 62); 4-(2,3-dihydro-1-benzothien-5-yloxy)-N-methyl-3-[(methylamino)methyl]-benzamide (Example 62);

N-{3-[(metilamino)metil]-4-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]benzil}-metansulfonamid (Primjer 75); N-{3-[(methylamino)methyl]-4-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]benzyl}-methanesulfonamide (Example 75);

3-[(metilamino)metil]-4-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-benzamid (Primjer 79); 3-[(methylamino)methyl]-4-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-benzamide (Example 79);

4-(2,3-dihidro-1,4-benzoksatin-7-iloksi)-3-[(dimetilamino)metil]-benzamid (Primjer 88); 4-(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzoxathin-7-yloxy)-3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-benzamide (Example 88);

{3-[(dimetilamino)metil]-4-[3-fluoro-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]fenil}-metanol (Primjer 90); {3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-4-[3-fluoro-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]phenyl}-methanol (Example 90);

3-[(dimetilamino)metil]-4-(6-kinoliniloksi)-benzamid (Primjer 100); 3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-4-(6-quinolinyloxy)-benzamide (Example 100);

3-[(metilamino)metil]-4-(6-kinoliniloksi)-benzamid (Primjer 102); 3-[(methylamino)methyl]-4-(6-quinolinyloxy)-benzamide (Example 102);

N-metil-N-{3-[(metilamino)metil]-4-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]fenil}-metansulfonamid (Primjer 116) i N-methyl-N-{3-[(methylamino)methyl]-4-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]phenyl}-methanesulfonamide (Example 116) and

N-{4-(2,3-dihidro-1,4-benzoksatin-7-iloksi)-3-[(dimetilamino)metil]fenil}-metansulfonamid (Primjer 124). N-{4-(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzoxathin-7-yloxy)-3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]phenyl}-methanesulfonamide (Example 124).

U skladu s drugim aspektom izum opisuje spoj prikazan formulom (I) ili (XIX) According to another aspect, the invention describes a compound represented by formula (I) or (XIX)

[image] [image]

i njegove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli ili solvate pri čemu (u ovom aspektu): R1 i R2 neovisno predstavljaju H, C1-C6alkil ili (CH2)d(C3-C6cikloalkil) gdje d=0, 1, 2 ili 3, ili gdje NR1R2 kada su spojeni predstavljaju 4-člani prsten gdje R1 i R2 zajedno predstavljaju C3 alkil; Z i Y oba neovisno predstavljaju -SR3 pri čemu, kada Z=-SR3 tada Y=halogen, -ORa, -Ra ili -SRa; ili kada Y=-SR3 tada Z=halogen, -ORa, Ra ili -SRa; i R3 i Ra neovisno predstavljaju: C1-C4alkil (eventualno supstituiran s atomima fluora npr. -CF3); ili Z i Y kada uzeti zajedno mogu predstavljaju spojeni prsten od 5 do 7 članova kao što je prikazano općom formulom XIX, pri čemu navedeni prsten od 5 do 7 članova može biti zasićen, nezasićen ili aromatski i gdje navedeni prsten od 5 do 7 članova može eventualno sadržavati jedan ili više heteroatoma P i Q, gdje P i Q = mogu biti neovisno O, S ili N, i pri čemu E, F, ili G neovisno predstavljaju CH ili CH2, a gdje k i p mogu neovisno biti=0, 1, 2 ili 3, a m=1, 2 ili 3; i and pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates thereof wherein (in this aspect): R1 and R2 independently represent H, C1-C6alkyl or (CH2)d(C3-C6cycloalkyl) where d=0, 1, 2 or 3, or where NR1R2 when are joined to represent a 4-membered ring where R1 and R2 together represent C3 alkyl; Z and Y both independently represent -SR3 wherein, when Z=-SR3 then Y=halogen, -ORa, -Ra or -SRa; or when Y=-SR3 then Z=halogen, -ORa, Ra or -SRa; and R3 and Ra independently represent: C1-C4alkyl (optionally substituted with fluorine atoms, e.g. -CF3); or Z and Y when taken together may represent a fused 5 to 7 membered ring as shown by the general formula XIX, wherein said 5 to 7 membered ring may be saturated, unsaturated or aromatic and wherein said 5 to 7 membered ring may optionally contain one or more heteroatoms P and Q, where P and Q = may independently be O, S or N, and wherein E, F, or G independently represent CH or CH2, and where k and p may independently be = 0, 1, 2 or 3, and m=1, 2 or 3; and

[image] [image]

R4 i R5 neovisno predstavljaju A-X pri čemu A=-(CH2)n-, gdje n predstavlja 0, 1 ili 2 i gdje X predstavlja: H, F, Cl, Br, I, CONR6R7 ili SO2NR6R7, OH, NR8SO2R9, NO2, NR6R11, CN, CO2R10, CHO, S(O)mR10 gdje m=0, 1 ili 2 i gdje R6, R7, R8 i R10 neovisno predstavljaju H ili C1-6alkil, pri čemu R9 predstavlja C1-6 alkil, R11 predstavlja H, C1-6 alkil, C(O)R6, CO2R9, C(O)NHR6 ili SO2NR6R6 i pri čemu navedena C1-6 alkilna skupina eventualno je supstituirana s jednom ili više skupina odabranih iz skupine koju čine OH, CO2H, C3-6 cikloalkil, NH2, CONH2, C1-6 alkoksi, C1-6 alkoksikarbonil i 5- ili 6-člani heterociklički prsten koji sadrži 1, 2 ili 3 heteroatoma odabrana između N, S i O; ili uz uvjet da kada P=Q=kisik tada i k i p nisu nula; uz uvjet da Z i Y zajedno ne tvore spojeni fenilni prsten; R4 ili R5 mogu predstavljati 5- ili 6-člani heterociklički prsten koji sadrži 1, 2 ili 3 heteroatoma odabrana između N, S i O; te nadalje, R6 i R7 mogu, zajedno s N atomom na koji su spojeni, predstavljati 5- ili 6-člani heterociklički prsten koji može biti eventualno supstituiran; i njihove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli ili solvate uz uvjet da oba R4 i R5 nisu H. R4 and R5 independently represent A-X wherein A=-(CH2)n-, where n represents 0, 1 or 2 and where X represents: H, F, Cl, Br, I, CONR6R7 or SO2NR6R7, OH, NR8SO2R9, NO2, NR6R11, CN, CO2R10, CHO, S(O)mR10 where m=0, 1 or 2 and where R6, R7, R8 and R10 independently represent H or C1-6 alkyl, wherein R9 represents C1-6 alkyl, R11 represents H , C1-6 alkyl, C(O)R6, CO2R9, C(O)NHR6 or SO2NR6R6 and wherein said C1-6 alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of OH, CO2H, C3-6 cycloalkyl, NH 2 , CONH 2 , C 1-6 alkoxy, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyl and a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, S and O; or with the condition that when P=Q=oxygen then both k and p are not zero; provided that Z and Y together do not form a fused phenyl ring; R 4 or R 5 may represent a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, S and O; and furthermore, R6 and R7 can, together with the N atom to which they are attached, represent a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring that can be optionally substituted; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates thereof with the proviso that both R 4 and R 5 are not H.

Za uklanjanje dvojbe, ako nije drugačije naznačeno, izraz supstituiran označava supstituiran s jednom ili više opisanih skupina. U slučaju kada skupine mogu biti odabrane iz niza alternativnih skupina, odabrane skupine mogu biti iste ili različite. For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise indicated, the term substituted means substituted with one or more of the groups described. In the case where the groups may be selected from a number of alternative groups, the selected groups may be the same or different.

Za uklanjanje dvojbe, izraz neovisno označava da gdje je više nego jedan supstituent odabrano iz niza mogućih supstituenta, ti supstituenti mogu biti isti ili različiti. For the avoidance of doubt, the term "independently" means that where more than one substituent is selected from a range of possible substituents, those substituents may be the same or different.

Prema trećem aspektu, izum opisuje spoj prikazan općom formulom I i njegove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli, pri čemu R1, R2, R3, Z i Y jesu kao što su opisani u prvom aspektu; a R4 i R5, koji mogu biti isti ili različiti, jesu -(CH2)p-A', gdje p je 0, 1 ili 2, a A' je polarna skupina. U ovom aspektu, polarne skupine mogu se opisati kao one koje imaju negativnu π-vrijednost (vidi C Hansch and A Leo, 'Supstituent Constants for Correlation Analysis in Chemistry and Biology', Wiley, New York, 1979). U tom sustavu, npr. H ima π-vrijednost od 0,00, -OCH3 ima π-vrijednost od –0,02 i -SO2NH2 ima π-vrijednost od -1,82, [vidi tablice VI-I, 'Well-Characterized Aromatic Substituents', p 49, ibid]. Pogodnije polarne skupine imaju negativniju π-vrijednost: prema tome, pogodne skupine imaju π-vrijednosti veće negativne vrijednosti od –0,1, pogodnije veće negativne vrijednosti od -0,5, a najpogodnije veće negativne vrijednosti od –1,0. Čak kada p je nešto drugo nego nula u gore opisanoj definiciji, definicija A' se temelji na gore navedenim referencama kao da p je nula. According to a third aspect, the invention describes a compound represented by the general formula I and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , Z and Y are as described in the first aspect; and R4 and R5, which may be the same or different, are -(CH2)p-A', where p is 0, 1 or 2 and A' is a polar group. In this aspect, polar groups can be described as having a negative π-value (see C Hansch and A Leo, 'Substitute Constants for Correlation Analysis in Chemistry and Biology', Wiley, New York, 1979). In that system, for example, H has a π-value of 0.00, -OCH3 has a π-value of –0.02, and -SO2NH2 has a π-value of -1.82, [see Tables VI-I, 'Well- Characterized Aromatic Substituents', p 49, ibid]. More favorable polar groups have a more negative π-value: therefore, favorable groups have π-values more negative than –0.1, more favorable more negative values than -0.5, and most favorable more negative values than –1.0. Even when p is something other than zero in the above definition, the definition of A' is based on the above references as if p were zero.

Ako nije drugačije opisano, spojevi prvog, drugog i trećeg aspekta su dolje u tekstu opisani kao spojevi izuma. Unless otherwise described, the compounds of the first, second and third aspects are described below as compounds of the invention.

Spojevi izuma imaju prednost da su selektivni inhibitori ponovnog unosa serotonina (SRIs) (i takvi vjerojatno imaju smanjene popratne pojave), oni imaju brz početak djelovanja (što ih čini pogodnim za primjenu neposredno prije nego je djelovanje potrebno), oni imaju željeni potencijal i popratna svojstva. Preferiraju se spojevi koji selektivno inhibiraju ponovni unos serotonina, ali ne noradrenalina ili dopamina. The compounds of the invention have the advantage that they are selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SRIs) (and as such are likely to have reduced side effects), they have a rapid onset of action (making them suitable for administration just before action is required), they have the desired potency and side effects properties. Compounds that selectively inhibit the reuptake of serotonin, but not noradrenaline or dopamine, are preferred.

Ustanovljeno je da spojevi prikazani formulom I koji posjeduju takva svojstva imaju relativno polarnu skupinu na položaju R4/R5. It was established that the compounds represented by formula I possessing such properties have a relatively polar group at the R4/R5 position.

Farmaceutski ili veterinarski prihvatljive soli spojeva prikazanih formulom I koje sadrže bazične centre su, npr., netoksične kisele adicijske soli dobivene iz anorganskih kiselina kao što su klorovodična, bromovodična, jodovodična, sumporna i fosforna kiselina, s karboksilnim kiselinama ili s organo-sulfonskim kiselinama. Primjeri uključuju HCI, HBr, HI, sulfatne ili bisulfatne, nitratne, fosfatne ili vodik fosfatne, acetatne, benzoatne, sukcinatne, saharatne, fumaratne, maleatne, laktatne, citratne, tartratne, glukonatne, kamsilatne, metansulfonatne, etansulfonatne, benzensulfonatne, p-toluenesulfonatne i pamoatne soli. Spojevi ovog izuma također mogu dati farmaceutski ili veterinarski prihvatljive soli metala, točnije netoksične soli alkalijskih i zemnoalkalijskih metala s bazama. Primjeri uključuju soli natrija, kalija, aluminija, kalcija, magnezija, cinka, diolamina, olamina, etilendiamina, trometamina, kloina, megulamina i dietanolamina. Za pregled pogodnih farmaceutskih soli vidi Berge i suradnici, J. Pharm, Sci., 66, 1-19, 1977; P L Gould, International Journal of Pharmaceutics, 33 (1986), 201-217; i Bighley i suradnici, Enciklopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology, Marcel Dekker Inc, New York 1996, volumen 13, stranica 453-497. Pharmaceutically or veterinary acceptable salts of the compounds shown by formula I containing basic centers are, for example, non-toxic acid addition salts obtained from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric and phosphoric acids, with carboxylic acids or with organo-sulfonic acids. Examples include HCI, HBr, HI, sulfate or bisulfate, nitrate, phosphate or hydrogen phosphate, acetate, benzoate, succinate, saccharate, fumarate, maleate, lactate, citrate, tartrate, gluconate, camsylate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate and pamoate salts. The compounds of the present invention can also provide pharmaceutically or veterinary acceptable metal salts, specifically non-toxic salts of alkali and alkaline earth metals with bases. Examples include sodium, potassium, aluminum, calcium, magnesium, zinc, diolamine, olamine, ethylenediamine, tromethamine, chloin, megulamine and diethanolamine salts. For a review of suitable pharmaceutical salts, see Berge et al., J. Pharm, Sci., 66, 1-19, 1977; P L Gould, International Journal of Pharmaceutics, 33 (1986), 201-217; and Bighley et al., Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology, Marcel Dekker Inc, New York 1996, volume 13, pages 453-497.

Dolje u tekstu, spojevi, njihove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli, njihovi solvati i polimorfi, opisani u svakom aspektu izuma (osim međuspojevi u kemijskim procesima) odnose se na "spojeve ovog izuma". Below, the compounds, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and polymorphs thereof, described in each aspect of the invention (except intermediate compounds in chemical processes) refer to "compounds of this invention".

Farmaceutski prihvatljivi solvati spojeva ovog izuma uključuju njihove hidratne oblike. Pharmaceutically acceptable solvates of the compounds of this invention include their hydrate forms.

Spojevi izuma mogu imati jedan ili više kiralnih centara i tako postojati u nizu stereoizomernih oblika. Svi stereoizomeri i njihove smjese su uključeni unutar svrhe ovog izuma. Racemični spojevi mogu ili biti razdvojeni upotrebom preparativne HPLC i kolonom s kiralnom stacionarnom fazom ili rastopljeni dajući pojedinačne enantiomere upotrebom postupaka poznatim prosječno stručnim osobama. Nadalje, kiralni međuspojevi mogu biti otopljeni i upotrijebljeni za dobivanje kiralnih spojeva ovog izuma. The compounds of the invention may have one or more chiral centers and thus exist in a series of stereoisomeric forms. All stereoisomers and mixtures thereof are included within the scope of this invention. Racemic compounds can either be separated using preparative HPLC and a column with a chiral stationary phase or resolved to give individual enantiomers using procedures known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Furthermore, the chiral intermediates can be dissolved and used to prepare the chiral compounds of this invention.

U slučajevima kada spojevi ovog izuma postoje kao E i Z izomeri, izum uključuje pojedinačne izomere kao i njihove smjese. In cases where the compounds of this invention exist as E and Z isomers, the invention includes the individual isomers as well as mixtures thereof.

U slučajevima kada spojevi ovog izuma postoje kao tautomerni izomeri, izum uključuje pojedinačne tautomere kao i njihove smjese. In cases where the compounds of this invention exist as tautomeric isomers, the invention includes individual tautomers as well as mixtures thereof.

U slučajevima kada spojevi ovog izuma postoje kao optički izomeri, izum uključuje pojedinačne izomere kao i njihove smjese. In cases where the compounds of this invention exist as optical isomers, the invention includes individual isomers as well as mixtures thereof.

U slučajevima kada spojevi ovog izuma postoje kao diastereoizomeri, izum uključuje pojedinačne diastereoizomere kao i njihove smjese. In cases where the compounds of this invention exist as diastereomers, the invention includes individual diastereomers as well as mixtures thereof.

Razdvajanje diastereoizomera ili E i Z izomera može biti postignuto uobičajenim tehnikama, npr. frakcijskom kristalizacijom, kromatografijom ili H.P.L.C. Pojedinačni enantiomer spoja ovog izuma može se dobiti iz odgovarajućeg optički čistog međuspoja ili razdvajanjem, kao npr. H.P.L.C. odgovarajućeg racemata upotrebom pogodnog kiralnog nosača ili frakcijskom kristalizacijom diastereoizomernih soli dobivenih reakcijom odgovarajućeg racemata s prema potrebi pogodnom optički aktivnom kiselinom ili bazom. Separation of diastereoisomers or E and Z isomers can be achieved by conventional techniques, eg fractional crystallization, chromatography or H.P.L.C. A single enantiomer of a compound of the present invention can be obtained from the corresponding optically pure intermediate or by resolution, such as H.P.L.C. of the appropriate racemate using a suitable chiral carrier or by fractional crystallization of diastereoisomeric salts obtained by the reaction of the appropriate racemate with a suitable optically active acid or base as needed.

Spojevi ovog izuma mogu postojati kao jedan ili više tautomernih oblika. Svi tautomeri i njihove smjese su uključeni unutar područja ovog izuma. Primjerice, zahtjev 2-hidroksipiridinila također pokriva njegov tautomerni oblik, α-piridonil. The compounds of this invention may exist as one or more tautomeric forms. All tautomers and mixtures thereof are included within the scope of this invention. For example, the claim for 2-hydroxypyridinyl also covers its tautomeric form, α-pyridonyl.

Prosječno stručne osobe će cijeniti da određeni zaštićeni derivati spojeva ovog izuma, koji se mogu napraviti prije završne faze uklanjanja zaštite, mogu ne posjedovati farmakološku aktivnost kao takvi, ali mogu, u određenim slučajevima, nakon primjene oralno ili parenteralno biti metabolizirani u tijelu dajući spojeve ovog izuma koji su farmakološki aktivni. Takvi derivati mogu prema tome biti opisani kao "prolijekovi". Nadalje, određeni spojevi ovog izuma mogu djelovati kao prolijekovi drugih spojeva ovog izuma. Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that certain protected derivatives of the compounds of this invention, which may be made prior to the final stage of deprotection, may not possess pharmacological activity as such, but may, in certain cases, after oral or parenteral administration, be metabolized in the body to yield compounds of this invention. inventions that are pharmacologically active. Such derivatives may therefore be described as "prodrugs". Furthermore, certain compounds of the present invention may act as prodrugs of other compounds of the present invention.

Svi zaštićeni derivati i prolijekovi spojeva ovog izuma su uključeni unutar područja ovog izuma. Primjeri pogodnih prolijekova za spojeve ovog izuma su opisani u Drugs of Today, Volumen 19, Broj 9, 1983, str. 499-538, u Topics in Chemistry, Poglavlje 31, str. 306-316 i u "Design of Prodrugs" od H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985, Poglavlje 1 (priopćenja iz kojih su dokumenti uključeni ovdje u referencama). All proprietary derivatives and prodrugs of the compounds of this invention are included within the scope of this invention. Examples of suitable prodrugs for the compounds of this invention are described in Drugs of Today, Volume 19, Number 9, 1983, p. 499-538, in Topics in Chemistry, Chapter 31, p. 306-316 and in "Design of Prodrugs" by H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985, Chapter 1 (communications from which documents are incorporated herein by reference).

Prosječno stručne osobe nadalje će cijeniti da određene jedinice, poznate prosječno stručnim osobama kao "pro-jedinice", npr. kao što je opisao H. Bundgaard u "Design of Prodrugs" (priopćenje iz kojeg je dokument uključen ovdje u referencama), mogu biti smještene na odgovarajućim funkcionalnim mjestima kada takva funkcionalna mjesta su prisutna u spojevima ovog izuma. Those of ordinary skill in the art will further appreciate that certain units, known to those of ordinary skill in the art as "pro-units", e.g., as described by H. Bundgaard in "Design of Prodrugs" (a communication from which document is incorporated herein by reference), can be located at appropriate functional sites when such functional sites are present in the compounds of this invention.

Pogodni prolijekovi za spojeve ovog izuma uključuju : estere, karbonatne estere, hemi-estere, fosfatne estere, nitro estere, sulfatne estere, sulfokside, amide, karbamate, azospojeve, fosfamide, glikozide, etere, acetale i ketale. Suitable prodrugs for the compounds of this invention include: esters, carbonate esters, hemi-esters, phosphate esters, nitro esters, sulfate esters, sulfoxides, amides, carbamates, azo compounds, phosphamides, glycosides, ethers, acetals and ketals.

Izum također uključuje sve pogodne izotopne varijacije spojeva ovog izuma. Izotopna varijacija je opisana kao varijacija u kojoj barem jedan atom je zamjenjen s atomom koji ima isti atomski broj ali različitu atomsku masu od atomske mase obično pronađene u prirodi. Primjeri izotopa koji se mogu ugraditi u spojeve ovog izuma uključuju redom izotope vodika, ugljika, dušika, kisika, fosfora, sumpora, fluora i klora kao što su 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 17O, 18O, 31P, 32P, 35S, 13F i 36Cl. Određene varijacije izotopa ovog izuma, npr., one u kojima radioaktivni izotop kao što su 3H ili 14C je uključen, upotrebljive su u ispitivanjima distribucije lijeka i/ili supstrata u tkivima. Izotopi tricija, tj. 3H, i ugljika-14, tj. 14C posebno su pogodni zbog jednostavnog dobivanja i detekcije. Osim toga, supstitucija s izotopima kao što je deuterij, tj. 2H, može omogućiti određene terapeutske prednosti kao rezultat veće metaboličke stabilnosti, npr. povećanje poluživota in vivo ili smanjenjem zahtjevane doze i zbog toga može biti preferirana u određenim okolnostima. Izotopne varijacije spojeva ovog izuma mogu se općenito dobiti uobičajenim postupcima kao što su postupci ili dobivanja opisani u primjerima i dobivanjima u nastavku upotrebom odgovarajućih izotopnih varijacija pogodnih reagenasa. The invention also includes all suitable isotopic variations of the compounds of this invention. An isotopic variation is described as a variation in which at least one atom is replaced by an atom that has the same atomic number but a different atomic mass than the atomic mass usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into the compounds of this invention include hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, sulfur, fluorine, and chlorine isotopes, respectively, such as 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 17O, 18O, 31P, 32P, 35S. , 13F and 36Cl. Certain isotopic variations of the present invention, eg, those in which a radioactive isotope such as 3H or 14C is included, are useful in assays of drug and/or substrate distribution in tissues. The isotopes of tritium, i.e. 3H, and carbon-14, i.e. 14C, are particularly suitable due to their simple acquisition and detection. In addition, substitution with isotopes such as deuterium, i.e. 2H, may provide certain therapeutic advantages as a result of greater metabolic stability, eg, increased in vivo half-life or reduction of required dose, and may therefore be preferred in certain circumstances. Isotopic variations of the compounds of this invention can generally be obtained by conventional procedures such as the procedures or preparations described in the Examples and Preparations below using appropriate isotopic variations of suitable reagents.

Spojevi ovog izuma mogu se dobiti, poznatim postupkom na različite načine. U sljedećim reakcijskim shemama i ubuduće, ako nije drugačije naznačeno, R1 do R13, Z i Y su kao što su opisani u prvom aspektu. Ti postupci daju sljedeće aspekte izuma. The compounds of this invention can be obtained, by a known process, in various ways. In the following reaction schemes and hereafter, unless otherwise indicated, R1 to R13, Z and Y are as described in the first aspect. These procedures provide the following aspects of the invention.

Svuda u opisu patenta, opće formule su označene rimskim brojevima I, II, III, IV itd. Podjedinice ovih općih formula su opisane kao Ia, Ib, Ic itd,.... IVa, IVb, IVc itd. Throughout the patent description, the general formulas are designated by Roman numerals I, II, III, IV, etc. The subunits of these general formulas are described as Ia, Ib, Ic, etc.,... IVa, IVb, IVc, etc.

Spojevi prikazani općom formulom (I) mogu se dobiti iz spojeva prikazanih formulom (II) reakcijom s aminom opće formule HNR1R2, ili s pogodnom njegovom soli, zajedno s hidridnim redukcijskim sredstvom u pogodnom otapalu (vidi shemu 1). Kada bilo R1 ili R2 je vodik, pogodno otapalo uključuje protično otapalo kao što je etanol, a natrij borohidrid je odgovarajuće redukcijsko sredstvo kao što je opisano primjerom 36 ovdje u tekstu. Kada niti R1 niti R2 su vodik, tetrahidrofuran/diklorometan je pogodan sustav otapala, a natrij triacetoksiborohidrid je pogodno redukcijsko sredstvo. U takvim reakcijama preferira se upotreba HNR1R2 u obliku soli, kao što je hidroklorid, a pomoćna baza, za poboljšanje topljivosti HNR1R2 soli, kao što je trietilamin može se eventualno dodati pored octene kiseline, kao što je opisano u primjeru 25 ovdje u tekstu. Compounds represented by general formula (I) can be obtained from compounds represented by formula (II) by reaction with an amine of general formula HNR1R2, or with a suitable salt thereof, together with a hydride reducing agent in a suitable solvent (see scheme 1). When either R 1 or R 2 is hydrogen, a suitable solvent includes a protic solvent such as ethanol, and sodium borohydride is a suitable reducing agent as described by Example 36 herein. When neither R1 nor R2 is hydrogen, tetrahydrofuran/dichloromethane is a suitable solvent system and sodium triacetoxyborohydride is a suitable reducing agent. In such reactions, it is preferred to use HNR1R2 in salt form, such as the hydrochloride, and an auxiliary base, to improve the solubility of the HNR1R2 salt, such as triethylamine may optionally be added in addition to acetic acid, as described in Example 25 herein.

SHEMA 1 SCHEME 1

[image] [image]

Spojevi prikazani formulom (II) mogu se dobiti u nastavku spajanjem spojeva prikazanih općom formulom (IV) s aldehidnim spojevima prikazanim općom formulom (III), pri čemu L je pogodna otpuštajuća skupina kao što su halogeni (F, Cl, Br ili I) ili sulfonatni ester kao što su trifluorometansulfonat ili metansulfonat, a pogodni L je F ili Cl. Takve reakcije spajanja mogu se izvesti poznatim stručnim postupcima, kao što je reakcijom s kalij karbonatom u pogodnom otapalu kao što je dimetilformamid pod odgovarajućim reakcijskim uvjetima kao što je pri povišenoj temperaturi i u inertnoj atmosferi. Compounds represented by formula (II) can be obtained below by coupling compounds represented by general formula (IV) with aldehyde compounds represented by general formula (III), wherein L is a suitable releasing group such as halogens (F, Cl, Br or I) or a sulfonate ester such as trifluoromethanesulfonate or methanesulfonate, and a suitable L is F or Cl. Such coupling reactions can be carried out by known art procedures, such as reaction with potassium carbonate in a suitable solvent such as dimethylformamide under suitable reaction conditions such as at elevated temperature and in an inert atmosphere.

Tako prema sljedećem aspektu, izum opisuje postupak dobivanja spojeva prikazanih općom formulom (I) iz spojeva prikazanih općom formulom (II). Thus, according to the following aspect, the invention describes a process for obtaining compounds represented by general formula (I) from compounds represented by general formula (II).

Alternativno, R4 i/ili R5 mogu biti uvedeni u reakciju nakon spajanja etera (vidi shemu 2). Spojevi prikazani općom formulom (I) mogu se dobiti iz spojeva prikazanih općom formulom (Ia), tj. spojevi prikazani općom formulom (I) gdje R4 i R5 su vodik. Spojevi prikazani općom formulom (Ia) mogu se dobiti iz (IIa) analognim postupkom kao kod dobivanja (I) iz (II) (vidi shemu 1), dok spojevi prikazani općom formulom (IIa) mogu se dobiti iz (IV) i (IIIa) analognim postupkom kao kod dobivanja (II) (vidi shemu 1). Alternatively, R 4 and/or R 5 may be introduced into the reaction after coupling the ether (see Scheme 2). The compounds represented by the general formula (I) can be obtained from the compounds represented by the general formula (Ia), i.e. the compounds represented by the general formula (I) where R 4 and R 5 are hydrogen. The compounds represented by the general formula (Ia) can be obtained from (IIa) by an analogous procedure as when obtaining (I) from (II) (see scheme 1), while the compounds represented by the general formula (IIa) can be obtained from (IV) and (IIIa) ) by an analogous procedure as in obtaining (II) (see scheme 1).

SHEMA 2 SCHEME 2

[image] [image]

Kako slijedi prema sljedećem aspektu, izum opisuje postupak dobivanja spojeva prikazanih općom formulom (I) iz spojeva prikazanih općom formulom (Ia). As follows from the following aspect, the invention describes a process for obtaining the compounds represented by the general formula (I) from the compounds represented by the general formula (Ia).

Postupci za uvođenje R4 i/ili R5 u spojeve prikazane formulom (Ia) uključuju: Procedures for introducing R4 and/or R5 into compounds of formula (Ia) include:

gdje R4/R5 su halogen, reakciju (Ia) s pogodnim sredstvom za halogeniranje u inertnom otapalu koje ne djeluje nepovoljno na reakciju. Pogodna sredstva za halogeniranje uključuju trifluorometansulfonsku kiselinu i N-jodosukcinimid, a pogodna inertna otapala uključuju diklorometan. where R 4 /R 5 are halogen, react (Ia) with a suitable halogenating agent in an inert solvent which does not adversely affect the reaction. Suitable halogenating agents include trifluoromethanesulfonic acid and N-iodosuccinimide, and suitable inert solvents include dichloromethane.

gdje R4/R5 su -NO2, reakciju (Ia) s pogodnim sredstvom nitriranja, kao što je nitrat alkalijskih metala, u otapalu koje ne djeluje nepovoljno na reakciju na, ili ispod, sobne temperature. Pogodna sredstva nitriranja uključuju trifluorometansulfonsku kiselinu/kalij nitrat, a pogodna otapala uključuju trifluorooctenu kiselinu. wherein R 4 /R 5 are -NO 2 , reacting (Ia) with a suitable nitrating agent, such as an alkali metal nitrate, in a solvent which does not adversely affect the reaction at, or below, room temperature. Suitable nitrating agents include trifluoromethanesulfonic acid/potassium nitrate and suitable solvents include trifluoroacetic acid.

gdje R4/R5 je -SO2NR6R7, reakciju međuspoja sulfonil klorida sa zahtjevanim aminom prikazanim formulom HNR6R7 u pogodnom otapalu. Pogodna otapala uključuju smjesu vode i diklorometana, a reakcije se općenito izvode na ili ispod sobne temperature. Međuspoj sulfonil klorida se može dobiti iz spojeva prikazanih formulom (Ia) reakcijom s klorosulfonskom kiselinom pri niskim temperaturnim uvjetima u prisutnosti otapala koje ne djeluje nepovoljno na reakciju, bilo s ili bez narednih postupaka s sredstvom kloriranja kao pto su fosforni oksiklorid, fosforni pentaklorid, oksalil klorid ili tionil klorid u otapalu koje ne utječe nepovoljno na reakciju. Pogodna otapala za reakciju s klorosulfonskom kiselinom uključuju trifluorooctenu kiselinu i uobičajena reakcijska temperatura je 0 °C. Pogodna otapala za reakciju sa sredstvom kloriranja uključuju acetonitril, a pogodni uvjeti uključuju povrat, kao što je opisano u primjeru 12 ovdje u tekstu. where R4/R5 is -SO2NR6R7, reaction of the sulfonyl chloride intermediate with the required amine represented by the formula HNR6R7 in a suitable solvent. Suitable solvents include a mixture of water and dichloromethane, and the reactions are generally carried out at or below room temperature. The sulfonyl chloride intermediate can be obtained from compounds of formula (Ia) by reaction with chlorosulfonic acid at low temperature in the presence of a solvent that does not adversely affect the reaction, either with or without subsequent procedures with a chlorinating agent such as phosphorus oxychloride, phosphorus pentachloride, oxalyl chloride or thionyl chloride in a solvent that does not adversely affect the reaction. Suitable solvents for reaction with chlorosulfonic acid include trifluoroacetic acid and a common reaction temperature is 0 °C. Suitable solvents for reaction with the chlorinating agent include acetonitrile, and suitable conditions include reflux, as described in Example 12 herein.

Primjerice, spojevi prikazani formulom (Iq), gdje R5 je -SO2NR6R7, mogu se dobiti preko međuspoja sulfonil klorida (XVIII) iz spojeva prikazanih formulom (Ia) reakcijom (Ia) s klorosulfonskom kiselinom, bilo s ili bez sljedećih postupaka sa sredstvom kloriranja kao što su fosforni oksiklorid, fosforni pentaklorid, oksalil klorid ili tionil klorid, nakon čega slijedi reakcija s HNR6R7 (vidi shemu 2a). Reakcijski uvjeti uobičajeno uključuju nisku temperaturu. Reakcija se može izvesti ili nerazrjeđena, tj. u odsutnosti otapala, ili u prisutnosti inertnog otapala koje ne utječe nepovoljno na reakciju. Međuspoj sulfonil klorid (XVII) može se izolirati, pročistiti i zatim reagirati s HNR6R7, alternativno može se dobiti in situ, bez izoliranja, a zatim reagirati s HNR6R7. For example, compounds of formula (Iq), where R5 is -SO2NR6R7, can be obtained via the sulfonyl chloride intermediate (XVIII) from compounds of formula (Ia) by reaction of (Ia) with chlorosulfonic acid, either with or without the following procedures with a chlorinating agent as which are phosphorus oxychloride, phosphorus pentachloride, oxalyl chloride or thionyl chloride, followed by reaction with HNR6R7 (see Scheme 2a). Reaction conditions usually involve low temperature. The reaction can be carried out either undiluted, i.e. in the absence of solvent, or in the presence of an inert solvent that does not adversely affect the reaction. The sulfonyl chloride intermediate (XVII) can be isolated, purified and then reacted with HNR6R7, alternatively it can be obtained in situ, without isolation, and then reacted with HNR6R7.

SHEMA 2a SCHEME 2a

[image] [image]

Tako prema sljedećem aspektu, izum opisuje postupak dobivanja spojeva prikazanih općom formulom (I) iz spojeva prikazanih općom formulom (II). U pogodnoj izvedbi, opisani su postupci dobivanja spojeva prikazanih formulom (Iq) reakcijom spojeva prikazanih formulom (la) u pogodnom otapalu, s klorosulfonskom kiselinom, bilo s ili bez narednih postupaka sa sredstvom kloriranja kao što su fosforni oksiklorid, fosforni pentaklorid, oksalil klorid ili tionil klorid, dajući spojeve prikazane formulom (XVIII) nakon čega slijedi reakcija s HNR6R7 dajući spojeve prikazane formulom (Iq). Pogodni spojevi prikazani formulom (XVIII) su dobiveni in situ i reagiraju s HNR6R7 bez izoliranja. Thus, according to the following aspect, the invention describes a process for obtaining compounds represented by general formula (I) from compounds represented by general formula (II). In a suitable embodiment, procedures are described for obtaining compounds shown by formula (Iq) by reacting compounds shown by formula (la) in a suitable solvent, with chlorosulfonic acid, either with or without subsequent procedures with a chlorinating agent such as phosphorus oxychloride, phosphorus pentachloride, oxalyl chloride or thionyl chloride to give compounds of formula (XVIII) followed by reaction with HNR 6 R 7 to give compounds of formula (Iq). Suitable compounds represented by formula (XVIII) are obtained in situ and react with HNR 6 R 7 without isolation.

Alternativno, spojevi prikazani općom formulom (I) koji imaju određeni R4/R5 supstituent mogu se prevesti u druge spojeve prikazane formulom (I) upotrebom poznatih postupaka. Primjerice: Alternatively, compounds of general formula (I) having a particular R 4 /R 5 substituent can be converted into other compounds of formula (I) using known methods. For example:

kada R4/R5 je halogen kao što su kloro, bromo ili jodo, može se prevesti u cijano pomoću reakcije s cijanidnom soli u prisutnosti Pd(0) ili (II)katalizatora u otapalu koje jako vrije na povišenim temperaturama. Pogodni Pd katalizatori uključuju paladij tetrakis(trifenilfosfin), pogodne cijanidne soli uključuju Zn(CN)2, a pogodna otapala koja jako vriju i ne utječu nepovoljno na reakciju uključuju dimetilformamid kao što je opisano u primjeru 78 u tekstu; when R4/R5 is a halogen such as chloro, bromo or iodo, it can be converted to cyano by reaction with a cyanide salt in the presence of a Pd(0) or (II) catalyst in a high boiling solvent at elevated temperatures. Suitable Pd catalysts include palladium tetrakis(triphenylphosphine), suitable cyanide salts include Zn(CN) 2 , and suitable high boiling solvents that do not adversely affect the reaction include dimethylformamide as described in Example 78 in the text;

kada R4/R5 je halogen kao što su kloro, bromo ili jodo, može se prevesti u odgovarajući ester -CO2R postupkom s ugljik monoksidom pod visokim tlakom s Pd(0) ili (II)katalizator, u alkoholnom otapalu (ROH pri čemu R je C1-C4 alkil), u prisutnosti baze na povišenim temperaturama. Kao primjer reakcija se može izvesti uz pritisak okoline od oko 100 psi, dok pogodni Pd katalizatori uključuju diklorobis(trifenilfosfin) paladij (II), pogodne baze uključuju trietilamin, a pogodna alkoholna otapala uključuju metanol kao što je opisano u dobivanju 50 ovdje u tekstu; when R4/R5 is a halogen such as chloro, bromo or iodo, it can be converted to the corresponding ester -CO2R by a high pressure carbon monoxide process with a Pd(0) or (II) catalyst, in an alcoholic solvent (ROH where R is C1-C4 alkyl), in the presence of a base at elevated temperatures. As an example, the reaction can be carried out at an ambient pressure of about 100 psi, while suitable Pd catalysts include dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II), suitable bases include triethylamine, and suitable alcoholic solvents include methanol as described in the preparation of 50 herein;

kada R4/R5 je nitro, može se reducirati dajući odgovarajuću -NH2 skupinu pomoću postupka s reducirajućim sredstvom u protičnom otapalu na ili iznad sobne temperature. Pogodna reducirajuća sredstva uključuju željezni prah/kalcij klorid, pogodna protična otapala uključuju vodenu otopinu etanola, a tipičan reakcijska temperatura je od oko 70 °C do oko 100 °C, preferira se oko 90 °C, kao što je ovdje opisano u primjeru 103; when R 4 /R 5 is nitro, it can be reduced to give the corresponding -NH 2 group by a reducing agent procedure in a flowing solvent at or above room temperature. Suitable reducing agents include iron powder/calcium chloride, suitable protic solvents include aqueous ethanol, and a typical reaction temperature is from about 70°C to about 100°C, preferably about 90°C, as described herein in Example 103;

kada R4/R5 je -NH2, može se prevesti u odgovarajuću -NHSO2R9 skupinu reakcijom sa sredstvom sulfoniranja u prisutnosti baze u inertnom otapalu koje ne utječe nepovoljno na reakciju na, ili ispod, sobne temperature. Pogodna sredstva sulfoniranja uključuju metansulfonil klorid, pogodne baze uključuju trietilamin, a pogodna inertna otapala uključuju diklorometan kao što je ovdje opisano u primjeru 128; when R4/R5 is -NH2, it can be converted to the corresponding -NHSO2R9 group by reaction with a sulfonating agent in the presence of a base in an inert solvent that does not adversely affect the reaction at, or below, room temperature. Suitable sulfonating agents include methanesulfonyl chloride, suitable bases include triethylamine, and suitable inert solvents include dichloromethane as described herein in Example 128;

kada R4/R5 je -NHSO2R9 skupina, može se prevesti u odgovarajuću NR8SO2R9 skupinu pomoću postupka s alkilirajućim sredstvom i baze u pogodnom inertnom otapalu. Primjeri pogodnih alkilirajućih sredstava uključuju metil jodid, pogodne baze uključuju kalij karbonat, a pogodna inertna otapala uključuju acetonitril, kao što je ovdje opisanu u dobivanju 88; when R 4 /R 5 is a -NHSO 2 R 9 group, it can be converted to the corresponding NR 8 SO 2 R 9 group by a procedure with an alkylating agent and a base in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of suitable alkylating agents include methyl iodide, suitable bases include potassium carbonate, and suitable inert solvents include acetonitrile, as described herein in the preparation of 88;

kada R4/R5 je nitril -CN, može se prevesti u odgovarajuću -C(O)NH2 skupinu hidrolizom pod bazičnim, oksidativnim ili kiselim uvjetima. Pogodna bazična hidroliza je izvedena s hidroksidnom soli kao što je kalij hidroksid u protičnom otapalu kao što je t-butanol na povišenim temperaturama, kao što je ovdje opisano u primjeru 79. when R4/R5 is a nitrile -CN, it can be converted to the corresponding -C(O)NH2 group by hydrolysis under basic, oxidative or acidic conditions. A convenient basic hydrolysis is performed with a hydroxide salt such as potassium hydroxide in a protic solvent such as t-butanol at elevated temperatures, as described herein in Example 79.

kada R4/R5 je ester -CO2R, može se reducirati u odgovarajuću alkoholnu skupinu -CH2OH pomoću postupka s hidridnim reducirajućim sredstvom, kao što je litij aluminij hidrid, prema ovdje opisanom dobivanju 69; when R4/R5 is an ester -CO2R, it can be reduced to the corresponding alcohol group -CH2OH by a procedure with a hydride reducing agent, such as lithium aluminum hydride, according to the preparation of 69 described herein;

kada R4/R5 je ester -CO2R, može se prevesti u odgovarajuću kiselinu -CO2H postupkom s pogodnom hidroksidnom soli u prisutnosti vode i pogodnog pomoćnog otapala. Pogodne hidroksidne soli uključuju litij hidroksid, a pogodna pomoćna otapala uključuju tetrahidrofuran, kao što je ovdje opisanu u dobivanju 55; when R4/R5 is an ester -CO2R, it can be converted to the corresponding acid -CO2H by a suitable hydroxide salt in the presence of water and a suitable co-solvent. Suitable hydroxide salts include lithium hydroxide and suitable co-solvents include tetrahydrofuran, as described herein in the preparation of 55;

kada R4/R5 je kiselina -CO2H, može se prevesti u odgovarajući amid -CONR6R7 postupkom sa sredstvom povezivanja, bazom i aminom HNR6R7 u pogodnom inertnom otapalu koje ne utječe nepovoljno na reakciju. Pogodna sredstva povezivanja uključuju 1-(3-dimetilaminopropil)-3-etilkarbodiimid hidroklorid u prisutnosti 1-hidroksibenzotriazola, pogodne baze uključuju trietilamin, a pogodna otapala uključuju diklorometan, kao što je ovdje opisano u dobivanju 59; when R 4 /R 5 is an acid -CO 2 H, it can be converted to the corresponding amide -CONR 6 R 7 by a coupling agent, base and amine HNR 6 R 7 in a suitable inert solvent which does not adversely affect the reaction. Suitable coupling agents include 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride in the presence of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole, suitable bases include triethylamine, and suitable solvents include dichloromethane, as described herein in the preparation of 59;

kada R4/R5 je halogen kao što su kloro, bromo ili jodo, može se prevesti u α,β-nezasićen amid, postupkom s akrilamidom, Pd(0) ili (II)katalizatorom i pogodnom bazom, u inertnom otapalu koje ne utječe nepovoljno na reakciju, na povišenim temperaturama. Pogodni Pd katalizatori uključuju paladij (II) acetat u prisutnosti tri(o-tolil)fosfina, pogodne baze uključuju trietilamin, a pogodna inertna otapala uključuju acetonitril kao što je ovdje opisano primjerom 50; when R4/R5 is a halogen such as chloro, bromo or iodo, it can be converted to an α,β-unsaturated amide by treatment with acrylamide, a Pd(0) or (II) catalyst and a suitable base, in an inert solvent that does not adversely affect to the reaction, at elevated temperatures. Suitable Pd catalysts include palladium(II) acetate in the presence of tri(o-tolyl)phosphine, suitable bases include triethylamine, and suitable inert solvents include acetonitrile as described herein by Example 50;

kada R4/R5 je α,β-nezasićen amid, može se prevesti u CH2CH2CO2NH2, postupkom s pogodnim reducirajućim sredstvom na odgovarajućoj temperaturi, u pogodnom otapalu koje ne utječe nepovoljno na reakciju. Pogodna reducirajuća sredstva uključuju samarij dijodid na sobnoj temperaturi, a pogodna otapala uključuju tetrahidrofuran koji sadrži malo količinu vode, kao što je opisano ovdje u primjeru 51; when R4/R5 is an α,β-unsaturated amide, it can be converted to CH2CH2CO2NH2, by a process with a suitable reducing agent at a suitable temperature, in a suitable solvent which does not adversely affect the reaction. Suitable reducing agents include samarium diiodide at room temperature, and suitable solvents include tetrahydrofuran containing a small amount of water, as described herein in Example 51;

kada R4/R5 je -CH2OH, može se prevesti u -CH2NR8SO2R9 prema načinu opisanom u Mitsunobinoj reakciji na odgovarajućoj temperaturi, u pogodnom otapalu koje ne utječe nepovoljno na reakciju. Pogodni reagensi uključuju dietil azodikarboksilat, trifenilfosfin i terc-butil metilsulfonilkarbamat, 0 °C je pogodna reakcijska temperatura, a tetrahidrofuran je pogodno otapalo kao što je ovdje opisanu u dobivanju 72; when R 4 /R 5 is -CH 2 OH, it can be converted to -CH 2 NR 8 SO 2 R 9 according to the method described in Mitsunoba's reaction at a suitable temperature, in a suitable solvent which does not adversely affect the reaction. Suitable reagents include diethyl azodicarboxylate, triphenylphosphine and tert-butyl methylsulfonylcarbamate, 0 °C is a suitable reaction temperature and tetrahydrofuran is a suitable solvent as described herein in the preparation of 72;

Alternativno, spojevi prikazani općom formulom (I) koji imaju određenu NR1R2 skupinu mogu se prevesti u druge spojeve prikazane općom formulom (I) koji imaju drukčiju NR1R2 skupina. Alternatively, compounds represented by the general formula (I) having a certain NR 1 R 2 group can be converted into other compounds represented by the general formula (I) having a different NR 1 R 2 group.

Primjerice: For example:

Spojevi prikazani formulom (Ib) pri čemu ili R1 ili R2 je vodik, mogu se prevesti u spoj prikazan formulom (Ic) pri čemu niti R1 niti R2 su vodik, reakcijom spoja prikazanog formulom (Ib) s aldehidom i hidridnim reducirajućim sredstvom. Pogodni aldehidi uključuju formaldehid, pogodna reducirajuća sredstva uključuju natrij tri(acetoksi)borohidrid, a preferirano je da se reakcija izvede u otapalu koje ne interferira s reakcijom, kao što je diklorometan na ili ispod sobne temperature, kao što je ovdje u tekstu opisano u primjeru 12. Compounds of formula (Ib) wherein either R1 or R2 is hydrogen can be converted into compounds of formula (Ic) wherein neither R1 nor R2 is hydrogen by reacting the compound of formula (Ib) with an aldehyde and a hydride reducing agent. Suitable aldehydes include formaldehyde, suitable reducing agents include sodium tri(acetoxy)borohydride, and it is preferred that the reaction be carried out in a solvent that does not interfere with the reaction, such as dichloromethane at or below room temperature, as exemplified herein 12.

Spojevi prikazani formulom (Ib) gdje R1 ili R2 je vodik, mogu se prevesti u spoj prikazan formulom (Ic) gdje R1 ili R2 je metil, reakcijom spoja prikazanog formulom (Ib) sa sredstvom formiliranja u pogodnom otapalu, nakon čega slijedi redukcija međuspoja N-formila pomoću hidridnog reducirajućeg sredstva u inertnom otapalu, preferirano na povišenoj temperaturi. Pogodna sredstva formiliranja uključuju pentafluorofenil format (dobiven iz mravlje kiseline, pentafluorofenola i dicikloheksilkarbodiimida), a pogodna otapala za formilaciju uključuju diklorometan. Pogodna reducirajuća sredstva uključuju boran-tetrahidrofuran kompleks, a pogodno inertna otapala za redukciju uključuju tetrahidrofuran kao što je opisano ovdje u tekstu u primjeru 110. Compounds of formula (Ib) where R1 or R2 is hydrogen can be converted into compounds of formula (Ic) where R1 or R2 is methyl by reacting the compound of formula (Ib) with a formylating agent in a suitable solvent, followed by reduction of intermediate N -formyl using a hydride reducing agent in an inert solvent, preferably at an elevated temperature. Suitable formylation agents include pentafluorophenyl formate (derived from formic acid, pentafluorophenol and dicyclohexylcarbodiimide) and suitable formylation solvents include dichloromethane. Suitable reducing agents include a borane-tetrahydrofuran complex, and suitable inert reducing solvents include tetrahydrofuran as described herein in Example 110.

Alternativno, spojevi prikazani općom formulom (I) mogu se dobiti iz spojeva prikazanih formulom V (vidi shemu 3) gdje L je kao što je opisan u shemi 1, a T je skupina koja se može prevesti u CH2NR1R2. Primjeri pogodnih T supstituenata uključuju: -CO2R10 , -CN i -C(O)NR1R2. Alternatively, compounds of general formula (I) can be obtained from compounds of formula V (see Scheme 3) where L is as described in Scheme 1 and T is a group convertible into CH 2 NR 1 R 2 . Examples of suitable T substituents include: -CO 2 R 10 , -CN and -C(O)NR 1 R 2 .

SHEMA 3 SCHEME 3

[image] [image]

Postupci za prevođenje spojeva prikazanih formulom (V) u spojeve prikazane formulom (I), uključuju: Procedures for converting compounds of formula (V) into compounds of formula (I) include:

gdje T je -CO2R10 i R10=metil ili etil, reakciju s aminom prikazanim općom formulom NHR1R2 čime nastaje amid, nakon čega slijedi redukcija kojom se dobiva amin. where T is -CO2R10 and R10=methyl or ethyl, reaction with an amine represented by the general formula NHR1R2 to form an amide, followed by reduction to give an amine.

gdje T =-CN, redukciju čime nastaje odgovarajući amin prikazan formulom -CH2NH2. where T = -CN, reduction resulting in the corresponding amine represented by the formula -CH2NH2.

gdje T =-C(O)NR1R2, redukciju čime nastaje amin. where T = -C(O)NR1R2, reduction resulting in amine.

Spojevi prikazani općom formulom (V) mogu se dobiti u nastavku spajanjem spojeva prikazanih općom formulom (VI) i spojeva prikazanih općom formulom (IV). Reagensi i uvjeti za takve reakcije povezivanja su kao što su prije opisani za povezivanje spojeva prikazanih općom formulom (IV) i (III) u shemi 1. The compounds represented by the general formula (V) can be obtained below by combining the compounds represented by the general formula (VI) and the compounds represented by the general formula (IV). The reagents and conditions for such coupling reactions are as previously described for the coupling of compounds represented by general formula (IV) and (III) in Scheme 1.

Spojevi prikazani općom formulom (VI) mogu se dobiti u nastavku iz spojeva prikazanih općom formulom (VII) (vidi shema 4). The compounds represented by the general formula (VI) can be obtained below from the compounds represented by the general formula (VII) (see Scheme 4).

SHEMA 4 SCHEME 4

[image] [image]

Spojevi prikazani formulom (VI) mogu se dobiti aromatskom elektrofilnom supstitucijom spojeva prikazanih formulom (VII) čime se direktno dobivaju spojevi prikazani formulom (VI). Alternativno spojevi prikazani formulom (VI) mogu se dobiti u dva ili više stupnjeva; aromatskom elektrofilnom supstitucijom spojeva prikazanih formulom (VII) čime se dobivaju međuspojevi koji zatim podvrgnu sljedećoj reakciji dajući spojeve prikazane formulom (VI). Međuspojevi se mogu izolirati ili dobiti in situ bez izoliranja. Pogodan slijed je prikazan u shemi 5. Compounds represented by formula (VI) can be obtained by aromatic electrophilic substitution of compounds represented by formula (VII), thereby directly obtaining compounds represented by formula (VI). Alternatively, the compounds shown by formula (VI) can be obtained in two or more steps; by aromatic electrophilic substitution of the compounds represented by formula (VII), whereby intermediate compounds are obtained which are then subjected to the following reaction giving compounds represented by formula (VI). Interconnects can be insulated or obtained in situ without insulation. A suitable sequence is shown in Scheme 5.

SHEMA 5 SCHEME 5

[image] [image]

Spojevi prikazani formulom (VII) reagiraju sa sulfonil kloridom dajući spojeve prikazane formulom (VIII) nakon čega slijedi reakcija s NHR6R7 kojom se dobivaju spojevi prikazani formulom (VIa). Compounds of formula (VII) react with sulfonyl chloride to give compounds of formula (VIII) followed by reaction with NHR 6 R 7 to give compounds of formula (VIa).

Prema sljedećim aspektima, izum opisuje spojeve prikazane formulom (II), (IIa) i (V) kao što je opisano gore u tekstu. According to the following aspects, the invention describes compounds represented by formula (II), (IIa) and (V) as described above.

Spojevi prikazani formulom (III), (IIIa), (IV), (VI) ili (VII) su ili poznati i dostupni iz komercijalnih izvora ili su dostupni iz komercijalno dostupnih matrijala upotrebom poznatih postupaka (vidi dolje navedene primjere u tekstu). Compounds of formula (III), (IIIa), (IV), (VI) or (VII) are either known and available from commercial sources or are available from commercially available materials using known procedures (see examples in the text below).

Biti će očito prosječno stručnim osobama da osjetljive funkcionalne skupine mogu zahtjevati zaštitu i uklanjanje zaštite za vrijeme sinteze spoja prikazanog formulom I. To se može postići uobičajenim postupcima, npr. kao što je opisano u 'Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis', 3. izdanje, T W Greene i P G M Wuts, John Wiley and sons Inc, 1999. U primjeru 35 je naveden primjer u kojem se rabi zaštitna skupina (kao strategija sintetskog postupka) u sintezi spoja ovog izuma. It will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art that sensitive functional groups may require protection and deprotection during the synthesis of a compound of formula I. This can be accomplished by conventional procedures, eg as described in 'Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis', 3rd Edition, T W Greene and P G M Wuts, John Wiley and sons Inc, 1999. Example 35 provides an example in which a protecting group is used (as a synthetic procedure strategy) in the synthesis of a compound of the present invention.

Stručni kemičar će cijeniti da se diaril eteri mogu dobiti upotrebom niza sintetskih postupaka. Za popis postupaka vidi J S Sawyer, Tetrahedron, 56 (2000) 5045-5065, navedenu referencu dolje u tekstu. A skilled chemist will appreciate that diaryl ethers can be prepared using a variety of synthetic procedures. For a list of procedures, see J S Sawyer, Tetrahedron, 56 (2000) 5045-5065, referenced below.

Spojevi izuma su upotrebljivi zato što su farmakološki aktivni kod sisavaca, uključujući ljude. Detaljnije, upotrebljivi su u liječenju ili prevenciji poremećaja u kojima je uključena regulacija funkcije prijenosa monoamina. Bolesna stanja koja se mogu spomenuti uključuju hipertenziju, depresiju (npr. depresija kod bolesnika koji boluje od tumora, depresiju kod bolesnika koji boluje od Parkinsonove bolesti, depresiju nakon infarkta miokarda, subsindromalnu simptomatsku depresiju, depresiju neplodnih žena, pedijatrijsku depresiju, veliku depresiju, jednokratnu depresiju, ponavljajuću depresiju, depresiju zlostavljanog djeteta, poslijeporođajna depresija i sindrom razdražljivih starijih ljudi), općeniti anksiozni poremećaj, fobije (npr. agorafobija, fobija od društva i jednostavne fobije), posttraumatski stresni sindrom, poremećaj osobnosti, preuranjenu ejakulaciju, poremećaje prehrane (npr. anoreksija i bulimija), pretilnost, ovisnost kemijskim spojevima (npr. ovisnost alkoholu, kokainu, heroinu, fenobarbitalu, nikotinu i benzodiazepinima), Cluster glavobolju, migrenu, bol, Alzheimerovu bolest, opsesivno-kompulzivni poremećaj, poremećaj panike, poremećaje pamćenja (npr. demencija, poremećaji gubitka pamćenja i smanjenje spoznajnih sposobnosti povezano s godinama (ARCD)), Parkinsonovu bolest (npr. demencija kod bolesnika koji boluje od Parkinsonove bolesti, neuroleptično uzrokovani parkinsonizam i tardivne diskinezije), endokrine poremećaje (npr. hiperprolaktinemija), vazospazam (osobito u cerebralnim krvnim žilama), cerebelarnu ataksiju, poremećaje gastrointestinalnog trakta (uključujući promjene u pokretljivosti i lučenju), negativne simptome šizofrenije, premenstrualni sindrom, sindrom fibromijalgije, inkontinenciju uzrokovanu stresom, Tourettov sindrom, trihotilomaniju, kleptomaniju, impotenciju, hiperaktivni poremećaj uz nedostatak pažnje (ADHD), kroničnu paroksizmalnu hemikraniju, glavobolju (povezanu s poremećajima krvnih žila), emocionalnu nestabilnost, patološko plakanje, katapleksiju i šok. The compounds of the invention are useful because they are pharmacologically active in mammals, including humans. In more detail, they are useful in the treatment or prevention of disorders in which the regulation of monoamine transport function is involved. Disease states that may be mentioned include hypertension, depression (eg depression in tumor patients, depression in Parkinson's disease patients, post-myocardial infarction depression, subsyndromal symptomatic depression, infertile depression, pediatric depression, major depression, single depression, recurrent depression, abused child depression, postpartum depression and irritable elderly syndrome), generalized anxiety disorder, phobias (e.g. agoraphobia, social phobia and simple phobias), post-traumatic stress syndrome, personality disorder, premature ejaculation, eating disorders (e.g. . anorexia and bulimia), obesity, addiction to chemical compounds (e.g. addiction to alcohol, cocaine, heroin, phenobarbital, nicotine and benzodiazepines), Cluster headache, migraine, pain, Alzheimer's disease, obsessive-compulsive disorder, panic disorder, memory disorders (e.g. dementia, memory loss disorders and age-related cognitive decline (ARCD)), Parkinson's disease (e.g. dementia in patients suffering from Parkinson's disease, neuroleptic-induced parkinsonism and tardive dyskinesia), endocrine disorders (eg hyperprolactinemia), vasospasm (especially in cerebral blood vessels), cerebellar ataxia, gastrointestinal tract disorders (including changes in motility and secretion), negative symptoms of schizophrenia, premenstrual syndrome, fibromyalgia syndrome, stress incontinence, Tourette's syndrome, trichotillomania, kleptomania, impotence, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), chronic paroxysmal hemicrania, headache (associated with blood vessel disorders), emotional instability, pathological crying, cataplexy and shock.

Poremećaji od posebnog interesa uključuju depresiju, hiperkativni poremećaj uz nedostatak pažnje, opsesivno-kompulzivni poremećaj, posttraumatski stresni poremećaj, poremećaje zloupotrebe droga i seksualnu disfunkciju uključujući (osobito) preuranjenu ejakulaciju. Disorders of particular interest include depression, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, post-traumatic stress disorder, substance abuse disorders, and sexual dysfunction including (especially) premature ejaculation.

Preuranjena ejakulacija može se opisati kao stalna ili ponavljajuća ejakulacija prije, za vrijeme ili ubrzo nakon penetracije spolnog organa seksualnog partnera. Također se može opisati kao ejakulacija koja se desi prije nego to osoba želi [vidi 'The Merck Manual', 16. izdanje, str. 1576, objavio Merck Research Laboratories, 1992]. Premature ejaculation can be described as continuous or repeated ejaculation before, during or shortly after penetration of the sexual organ of the sexual partner. It can also be described as ejaculation that occurs before the person wants it [see 'The Merck Manual', 16th edition, p. 1576, published by Merck Research Laboratories, 1992].

Odatle, prema sljedećim aspektima, izum opisuje: From there, according to the following aspects, the invention describes:

spoj ovog izuma za upotrebu kao farmaceutsko sredstvo; a compound of the present invention for use as a pharmaceutical agent;

upotrebu spoja ovog izuma za proizvodnju medikamenta za liječenje ili prevenciju poremećaja u kojima sudjeluje regulacija funkcije transporta monoamina, npr. depresija, hiperaktivni poremećaj uz nedostatak pažnje, opsesivno-kompulzivni poremećaj, posttraumatski stresni poremećaj, poremećaje zloupotrebe droga ili seksualna disfunkcija koja uključuje preuranjenu ejakulaciju; use of a compound of the present invention for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of disorders involving the regulation of monoamine transport function, eg depression, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, post-traumatic stress disorder, drug abuse disorders or sexual dysfunction involving premature ejaculation;

upotrebu spoja ovog izuma za proizvodnju medikamenta za liječenje ili prevenciji preuranjene ejakulacije; the use of a compound of this invention for the production of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of premature ejaculation;

postupak liječenja ili prevencije depresije, hiperaktivnog poremećaja uz nedostatak pažnje, opsesivno-kompulzivnog poremećaja, posttraumatskog stresnog poremećaja, poremećaja zloupotrebe droga ili seksualne disfunkcije uključujući preuranjenu ejakulaciju, a postupak uključuje primjenu terapeutski djelotvorne količine spoja ovog izuma kod pacijenta koji ima potrebu za takvim liječenjem ili prevencijom; a method of treating or preventing depression, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, post-traumatic stress disorder, substance abuse disorder or sexual dysfunction including premature ejaculation, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention to a patient in need of such treatment or prevention;

postupak povećanja ejakulacijske latentnosti koji uključuje primjenu djelotvorne količine spoja ovog izuma na muškim pacijentima koji žele povećanje ejakulacijske latentnosti; i a method of increasing ejaculatory latency comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of the present invention to a male patient desiring to increase ejaculatory latency; and

spoj ovog izuma za liječenje ili prevenciju poremećaja u kojima sudjeluje regulacija transportne funkcije monoamina, npr. depresija, hiperaktivni poremećaj uz nedostatak pažnje, opsesivno-kompulzivni poremećaj, posttraumatski stresni poremećaj, poremećaji zloupotrebe droga ili seksualna disfunkcija uključujući preuranjenu ejakulaciju. a compound of this invention for the treatment or prevention of disorders in which the regulation of monoamine transport function is involved, eg, depression, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, post-traumatic stress disorder, substance abuse disorders, or sexual dysfunction including premature ejaculation.

spoj ovog izuma za liječenje preuranjene ejakulacije. compound of the present invention for the treatment of premature ejaculation.

Smatrat će se vrijednim da ovdje u tekstu sve reference za liječenje uključuju ljekovite, ublažavajuće i profilaktičke postupke. It will be appreciated that all references to treatment herein include curative, palliative and prophylactic procedures.

Spojevi ovog izuma mogu se primjeniti sami ili kao dio kombinacijske terapije. Ako se primjenjuje kombinacija djelotvornih sredstava, tada se oni mogu primjeniti istovremeno, odvojeno ili uzastopno. Detaljnije, spojevi ovog izuma mogu se kombinirati sa sljedećim pogodnim spojevima za liječenje PE: The compounds of this invention may be administered alone or as part of combination therapy. If a combination of active agents is applied, then they can be applied simultaneously, separately or sequentially. In more detail, the compounds of the present invention can be combined with the following compounds suitable for the treatment of PE:

Alfa-blokatori (npr. fentolamin, doksazazim, tamsulosin, terazasin, prazasin i spoj dobiven u primjeru 19 izuma WO9830560. Mogući princip djelovanja alfa-blokatora u liječenju preuranjene ejakulacije je kao što slijedi. Mišićna aktivnost glatkih mišića koji sudjeluju u ejakulaciji (sjemenovod, seminalne vezikule i uretra) pod kontrolom su simpatičkog nervnog sustava preko otpuštanja noradrenalina. Noradrenalin djeluje na alfa 1 adrenoreceptore, stimulirajući mišićne kontrakcije, a to vodi prema otpuštanju sjemena i nakon toga ejakulaciji. Blokiranjem tih receptora prema tome će inhibirati ejakulaciju. Alpha-blockers (e.g. phentolamine, doxazazim, tamsulosin, terazasin, prazasin and the compound obtained in example 19 of the invention WO9830560. The possible principle of action of alpha-blockers in the treatment of premature ejaculation is as follows. Muscle activity of the smooth muscles involved in ejaculation (vasus, seminal vesicles and urethra) are under the control of the sympathetic nervous system through the release of noradrenaline. Noradrenaline acts on alpha 1 adrenoreceptors, stimulating muscle contractions, which leads to the release of semen and then ejaculation. Blocking these receptors will therefore inhibit ejaculation.

Apomorfin - izvještaj o upotrebi apomorfina kao farmaceutsko sredstvo može se pronaći u US-A-5945117. Apomorphine - A report on the use of apomorphine as a pharmaceutical agent can be found in US-A-5945117.

Dopamin D2 antagonisti (npr. Premiprixal, Pharmacia Upjohn spoj broj PNU95666). Dopamine D2 antagonists (eg Premiprixal, Pharmacia Upjohn compound number PNU95666).

Antagonsti receptora melanokortina (npr. Melanotan II). Melanocortin receptor antagonists (eg Melanotan II).

Antagonisti receptora PGE1 (npr. alprostadil). PGE1 receptor antagonists (eg alprostadil).

Inhibitori transporta mono amina, osobito inhibitori ponovnog unosa noradrenalina (NRIs) (npr. Reboxetine), drugi inhibitori ponovnog unosa serotonina (SRIs) (npr. paroksetin) ili inhibitori ponovnog unosa dopamina (DRIs). Monoamine transport inhibitors, especially noradrenaline reuptake inhibitors (NRIs) (eg Reboxetine), other serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SRIs) (eg paroxetine) or dopamine reuptake inhibitors (DRIs).

Antagonisti 5-HT3 (npr. ondansetron i granisetron). Mogući princip za liječenje preuranjene ejakulacije antagonistima 5-HT3 je kao što slijedi. Receptori 5-HT3, koji se nalaze u lumenu stražnjeg dijela uretre, stimuliraju se s 5-HT iz sjemene tekućine za vrijeme otpuštanja sjemena, a to vodi prema podražaju spinalnog parasimpatikusa koji vodi prema ejakulaciji. Prema tome, antagonist će spriječiti tu senzibilnost, a zbog toga i odgoditi ejakulaciju. 5-HT3 antagonists (eg ondansetron and granisetron). A possible principle for the treatment of premature ejaculation with 5-HT3 antagonists is as follows. 5-HT3 receptors, located in the lumen of the posterior part of the urethra, are stimulated by 5-HT from the seminal fluid during ejaculation, and this leads to spinal parasympathetic stimulation leading to ejaculation. Therefore, the antagonist will prevent this sensitivity and therefore delay ejaculation.

Inhibitori PDE kao što su PDE2 (npr. eritro-9-(2-hidroksil-3-nonil)-adenin) i spoj u primjeru 100 iz EP 0771799-uključen ovdje kao referenca), a posebno inhibitor PDE5 (npr. sildenafil, 1-{[3-(3,4-dihidro-5-metil-4-okso-7-propilimidazo[5,1-f]-as-trazin-2-il)-4-etoksifenil]sulfonil}-4-etilpiperazin tj. vardenafil/Bayer BA 38-9456 ili IC351 (vidi strukturu dolje u tekstu, Icos Lilly)). Mogući princip djelovanja inhibitora PDE u liječenju preuranjene ejakulacije je kao što slijedi. Nivoi CAMP i CGMP u glatkoj muskulaturi koja sudjeluje u ejakulaciji regulira mišićni tonus tih mišića ejakulacije i tako odgađa ejakulaciju. PDE inhibitors such as PDE2 (e.g. erythro-9-(2-hydroxyl-3-nonyl)-adenine) and the compound in Example 100 of EP 0771799-incorporated herein by reference), and in particular a PDE5 inhibitor (e.g. sildenafil, 1 -{[3-(3,4-dihydro-5-methyl-4-oxo-7-propylimidazo[5,1-f]-as-trazin-2-yl)-4-ethoxyphenyl]sulfonyl}-4-ethylpiperazine ie, vardenafil/Bayer BA 38-9456 or IC351 (see structure below, Icos Lilly)). The possible principle of action of PDE inhibitors in the treatment of premature ejaculation is as follows. The levels of CAMP and CGMP in the smooth muscles involved in ejaculation regulate the muscle tone of these ejaculatory muscles and thus delay ejaculation.

[image] [image]

otvarači kalij kanala. potassium channel openers.

Antagonisti P2X purinergičnih receptora. Antagonists of P2X purinergic receptors.

Antagonisti endotelnih receptora Endothelial receptor antagonists

Spojevi ovog izuma za ljudsku upotrebu mogu se primjeniti samostalno ali kod liječenja ljudi općenito će se primjeniti kao smjesa s pogodnom farmaceutskom pomoćnom tvari, diluentom ili nosačem odabranim s obzirom na predviđeni put unosa i standardne farmaceutske postupke. The compounds of this invention for human use may be administered alone, but in human treatment will generally be administered as admixture with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient, diluent or carrier selected with respect to the intended route of administration and standard pharmaceutical procedures.

Primjerice, spojevi ovog izuma mogu se primjeniti oralno, bukalno ili sublingvalno u obliku tableta, kapsula (uključujući mekane gel kapsule), ovule, eliksira, otopina ili suspenzija, koje mogu sadržavati sredstva koja daju okus ili boju, sredstva za trenutno-, odgođeno-, modificirano-, neprekidno-, dvojno-, kontrolirano-otpuštanje ili pulsna aplikacija. Spojevi ovog izuma mogu se također dati pomoću intrakavernozalne injekcija. Spojevi ovog izuma također se mogu dati u brzo disperznim ili brzo otapajućim oblicima doze. For example, the compounds of this invention can be administered orally, buccally or sublingually in the form of tablets, capsules (including soft gel capsules), ovules, elixirs, solutions or suspensions, which may contain agents that provide flavor or color, agents for immediate-, delayed- , modified-, continuous-, dual-, controlled-release or pulse application. The compounds of the present invention may also be administered by intracavernosal injection. The compounds of the present invention may also be provided in rapidly dispersible or rapidly dissolving dosage forms.

Takve tablete mogu sadržavati pomoćne tvari kao što su mikrokristalična celuloza, laktoza, natrij citrat, kalcij karbonat, dibazični kalcij fosfat, glicin i škrob (preferira se kukuruzni, krumpirov ili tapioka škrob), sredstva za raspadanje kao što su škrob natrij glikolata, natrij kroskarmeloza i određeni kompleksi silikata, te granulirajuća veziva kao što su polivinilpirolidon, hidroksipropilmetilceluloza (HPMC), hidroksipropilceluloza (HPC), sukroza, želatina i akacija. Dodatno mogu biti uključena lubrikantna sredstva kao što su magnezij stearat, stearična kiselina, gliceril behenat i talk. Such tablets may contain excipients such as microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, sodium citrate, calcium carbonate, dibasic calcium phosphate, glycine and starch (corn, potato or tapioca starch is preferred), disintegrants such as sodium starch glycolate, croscarmellose sodium and certain silicate complexes, and granulating binders such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC), hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC), sucrose, gelatin, and acacia. Lubricants such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid, glyceryl behenate and talc may additionally be included.

Čvrsti pripravci sličnih oblika također mogu biti uključeni kao punila u želatinoznim kapsulama. S obzirom na to pogodne pomoćne tvari uključuju laktozu, škrob, celulozu, mliječni šećer ili polietilen glikole visoke molekularne težine. Za vodene suspenzije i/ili eliksire, spojevi ovog izuma i njihove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli, mogu se kombinirati s različitim zaslađivačima ili sredstvima koja daju okus, sa sredstvom za bojenje, s emulzirajućim i/ili suspendirajućim sredstvima i s diluentima kao što su voda, etanol, propilen glikol i glicerin, i njihovim kombinacijama. Solid preparations of similar shapes may also be included as fillers in gelatin capsules. In this regard, suitable excipients include lactose, starch, cellulose, milk sugar or high molecular weight polyethylene glycols. For aqueous suspensions and/or elixirs, the compounds of this invention and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be combined with various sweeteners or flavoring agents, with coloring agents, with emulsifying and/or suspending agents and with diluents such as water, ethanol, propylene glycol and glycerin, and their combinations.

Oblici modificirano otpuštajućih i pulsirajuće otpuštajućih doza mogu sadržavati pomoćne tvari kao što su one opisane za oblike doza s trenutnim otpuštanjem zajedno s dodatnim pomoćnim tvarima koji djeluju kao modifikatori brzine otpuštanja, kojima su oblici doza presvučeni i/ili su uključeni u sadržaj doze. Modifikatori brzine otpuštanja uključuju, ali nisu isključivo ograničeni na hidroksipropilmetil celulozu, metil celulozu, natrij karboksimetilcelulozu, etil celulozu, celuloza acetat, polietilen oksid, Ksantanska guma, Karbomer, amonij metakrilat kopolimer, hidrogenirano kastor ulje, palmin vosak, parafinski vosak, celuloza acetat ftalat, hidroksipropilmetil celuloza ftalat, kopolimere metakrilične kiseline i njihove smjese. Oblici modificirano i pulsirajuće otpuštajućih doza mogu sadržavati jednu ili kombinaciju pomoćnih tvari kao modifikatora brzine otpuštanja. Pomoćne tvari kao modifikatori brzine otpuštanja mogu biti prisutne i unutar doze tj. unutar matriksa, i/ili na dozi, tj. na površini ili kao ovojnica Modified-release and pulse-release dosage forms may contain excipients such as those described for immediate-release dosage forms along with additional excipients that act as release rate modifiers, with which the dosage forms are coated and/or incorporated into the dosage contents. Release rate modifiers include, but are not limited to, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, polyethylene oxide, xanthan gum, carbomer, ammonium methacrylate copolymer, hydrogenated castor oil, palm wax, paraffin wax, cellulose acetate phthalate. , hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose phthalate, methacrylic acid copolymers and their mixtures. Modified and pulsed release dosage forms may contain one or a combination of excipients as release rate modifiers. Excipients as modifiers of the release rate can be present both inside the dose, i.e. inside the matrix, and/or on the dose, i.e. on the surface or as an envelope

. .

Dozirana formulacija koja se brzo dispergira ili otapa (FDDFs) može sadržavati sljedeće sastojke: aspartam, acesulfam kalij, limunsku kiselinu, natrij kroskarmelozu, krospovidon, diaskorbinsku kiselinu, etil akrilat, etil celulozu, želatinu, hidroksipropilmetil celulozu, magnezij stearat, manitol, metil metakrilat, sredstvo koje daje okus metvice, polietilen glikol, sušeni silika gel, silikon dioksid, škrob natrij glikolata, natrij stearil fumarat, sorbitol, ksilitol. Izrazi dispergira ili otapa kao što su upotrijebljeni ovdje u tekstu za opisivanje FDDFs ovisni su o topljivosti upotrijebljene ljekovite supstance tj. kada ljekovita supstanca je netopiva može se pripremiti obliku doze koja se brzo dispergira, a kada ljekovita supstanca je topiva može se pripremiti oblik doze koja se brzo otapa. Fast Dispersing or Dissolving Dose Formulation (FDDFs) may contain the following ingredients: aspartame, acesulfame potassium, citric acid, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, diascorbic acid, ethyl acrylate, ethyl cellulose, gelatin, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, magnesium stearate, mannitol, methyl methacrylate , agent that gives a mint flavor, polyethylene glycol, dried silica gel, silicon dioxide, starch sodium glycolate, sodium stearyl fumarate, sorbitol, xylitol. The terms disperse or dissolve as used here in the text to describe FDDFs depend on the solubility of the medicinal substance used, i.e. when the medicinal substance is insoluble it can be prepared in a dosage form that disperses quickly, and when the medicinal substance is soluble it can be prepared in a dosage form that dissolves quickly.

Spojevi ovog izuma mogu se također primjeniti parenteralno, npr. intravenozno, intraarterijalno, intraperitonealno, intratekalno, intraventrikularno, intrauretralno, intrasternalno, intrakranijalno, intramuskularno ili supkutano, ili se mogu primjeniti postupcima infuzije. Za takvu parenteralnu primjenu oni su najbolje upotrijebljeni u obliku sterilne vodene otopine koja može sadržavati ljekovite supstance, npr., dovoljno soli ili glukoze kako bi otopina bila izotonična u odnosu na krv. Vodene otopine po potrebi bi trebale biti pogodno puferirane (preferira se pH od 3 do 9). Dobivanje pogodnih parenteralnih formulacija pod sterilnim uvjetima već je postignuto standardnim farmaceutskim postupcima dobro poznatim prosječno stručnim osobama. The compounds of this invention may also be administered parenterally, eg, intravenously, intraarterially, intraperitoneally, intrathecally, intraventricularly, intraurethrally, intrasternally, intracranially, intramuscularly, or subcutaneously, or may be administered by infusion procedures. For such parenteral administration, they are best used in the form of a sterile aqueous solution that may contain medicinal substances, eg, enough salt or glucose to make the solution isotonic with respect to blood. Aqueous solutions should be suitably buffered if necessary (pH 3 to 9 is preferred). Obtaining suitable parenteral formulations under sterile conditions has already been achieved by standard pharmaceutical procedures well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.

Sljedeći nivoi doza i drugi nivoi doza ovdje u tekstu su za prosječno ljudsko biće koje ima težinu u rasponu od oko 65 do 70 kg. Stručna osoba će biti sposobna brzo odrediti nivoe doze potrebne za pacijenta čija težina je izvan ovog raspona, kao što su djeca i stariji ljudi. The following dose levels and other dose levels herein are for the average human being weighing in the range of about 65 to 70 kg. A skilled person will be able to quickly determine the dose levels required for a patient whose weight is outside this range, such as children and the elderly.

Za oralnu i parenteralnu primjenu na ljudskim bićima kao pacijentima, nivo dnevne doze spojeva ovog izuma ili njihovih soli ili otopina obično je od 10 do 500 mg (u jednoj ili nekoliko podjeljenih doza). For oral and parenteral administration to human patients, the daily dose level of the compounds of this invention or their salts or solutions is usually from 10 to 500 mg (in one or several divided doses).

Prema tome, npr. tablete ili kapsule spojeva ovog izuma mogu sadržavati od 5 mg do 250 mg aktivnog spoja za primjenu prema potrebi odjednom ili u dva ili više puta. Liječnik u svakom slučaju će odrediti pravu dozu koja će biti najpogodnija za svakog pojedinog pacijenta i ona će se razlikovati s obzirom na godine, težinu i reakciju na lijek određenog pacijenta. Gore navedene doze su primjeri prosječnog slučaja. Naravno, može biti pojedinačnih slučajeva gdje su potrebni viši ili niži rasponi doze, a i oni su unutar područja ovog izuma. Stručna osoba će također cijeniti da, u liječenju određenih stanja (uključujući PE), spojevi ovog izuma mogu se uzeti kao pojedinačna doza na principu "po potrebi" (tj. kao što je potrebno ili poželjno). Therefore, for example, tablets or capsules of the compounds of the present invention may contain from 5 mg to 250 mg of the active compound for administration as needed at once or in two or more doses. In each case, the doctor will determine the right dose that will be most suitable for each individual patient and it will differ with regard to the age, weight and reaction to the medicine of a particular patient. The above doses are examples of an average case. Of course, there may be individual cases where higher or lower dose ranges are required, and these are also within the scope of this invention. The skilled person will also appreciate that, in the treatment of certain conditions (including PE), the compounds of this invention may be taken as a single dose on an "as needed" (ie, as needed or desired) basis.

Primjer Formulacije Tablete Example of Tablet Formulation

Općenito formulacija tablete može obično sadržavati između oko 0,01 mg i 500 mg spoja ovog izuma dok težina punjenja tablete može biti u rasponu od 50 mg do 1000 mg. Prikazan je primjer formulacije za tabletu od 10 mg: In general, a tablet formulation may typically contain between about 0.01 mg and 500 mg of a compound of the present invention while the tablet fill weight may range from 50 mg to 1000 mg. An example formulation for a 10 mg tablet is shown:

Sastojak maseni udio Ingredient mass fraction

Spoj ovog izuma 10,000* ;Laktoza 64,125 ;Škrob 21,375 ;Natrij kroskarmeloza 3,000 ;Magnezij stearat 1,500 ;* Ova količina je simbolično prilagođena prema aktivnosti lijeka. Compound of this invention 10,000* ;Lactose 64,125 ;Starch 21,375 ;Croscarmellose sodium 3,000 ;Magnesium stearate 1,500 ;* This amount is symbolically adjusted according to the activity of the drug.

Spojevi ovog izuma mogu se također primjeniti intranazalno ili pomoću inhalacije i obično su dostupni u obliku inhalatora sa suhim prahom ili u obliku aerosolnog spreja izvedenog pomoću posude pod pritiskom, pumpice, spreja ili raspršivača s upotrebom pogodnog propelanta, npr. diklorodifluorometana, triklorofluorometana, diklorotetrafluoro-etana, hidrofluoroalkana kao što su 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroetan (HFA 134A [zaštoćeno ime]) ili 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropan (HFA 227EA [zaštićeno ime]), karbon dioksida ili drugog pogodnog plina. U slučaju aerosola pod pritiskom, jedinična doza može se odrediti pomoću ventila kako bi se dala određena mjerena količina. Posudica pod pritskom, pumpa, sprej ili raspršivač mogu sadržavati otopinu ili suspenziju aktivnog spoj, npr. upotrebom smjese etanola i propelanta kao otapala, koje može dodatno sadržavati lubrikant, npr. sorbitan trioleat. Kapsule i punila (načinjena, npr. od želatine) za upotrebu u inhalatorima ili insuflatorima mogu biti oblikovani da sadrže smjesu praha spoja ovog izuma i pogodne baze praha kao što su laktoza ili škrob. The compounds of this invention may also be administered intranasally or by inhalation and are usually available as a dry powder inhaler or as an aerosol spray delivered by means of a pressurized container, pump, spray, or nebulizer using a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoro- ethane, hydrofluoroalkanes such as 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane (HFA 134A [proprietary name]) or 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane (HFA 227EA [proprietary name]), carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of pressurized aerosols, the unit dose can be determined by means of a valve to deliver a specific metered amount. A pressure vessel, pump, spray or atomizer may contain a solution or suspension of the active compound, eg using a mixture of ethanol and propellant as a solvent, which may additionally contain a lubricant, eg sorbitan trioleate. Capsules and fillers (made, eg, of gelatin) for use in inhalers or insufflators may be formulated to contain a mixture of a powder of a compound of this invention and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.

Aerosol ili oblici suhog praha su preferirano izvedeni tako da svaka mjerena doza ili "aktuacija" sadrži od 1 do 50 mg spoja ovog izuma za unos u pacijenta. Ukupna dnevna doza aerosola će biti u rasponu od 1 do 50 mg, a može se dati kao jedna doza ili, kako je i više uobičajeno, u podjeljenim dozama kroz dan. Aerosol or dry powder forms are preferably designed such that each metered dose or "actuation" contains from 1 to 50 mg of a compound of the present invention for administration to a patient. The total daily dose of the aerosol will range from 1 to 50 mg, and can be given as a single dose or, as is more common, in divided doses throughout the day.

Spojevi ovog izuma također se mogu oblikovati za primjenu pomoću elektronske pumpice. Elektronska pumpica može sadržavati sljedeće sastojke kao što su sredstva za otapanje, emulgatori ili suspendirajuća sredstva: vodu, etanol, glicerol, propilen glikol, polietilen glikole niske molekularne težine, natrij klorid, fluorokarbone, polietilen glikolne etere, sorbitan trioleat, oleinsku kiselinu. The compounds of the present invention may also be formulated for administration by an electronic pump. The electronic pump may contain the following ingredients as solubilizers, emulsifiers or suspending agents: water, ethanol, glycerol, propylene glycol, low molecular weight polyethylene glycols, sodium chloride, fluorocarbons, polyethylene glycol ethers, sorbitan trioleate, oleic acid.

Alternativno, spojevi ovog izuma mogu se primjeniti u obliku čepića ili vaginalnog umetka, ili se mogu primjeniti lokalno u obliku gela, hidrogela, losiona, otopine, kreme, masti ili praha za posipanje. Spojevi ovog izuma također se mogu primjeniti dermalno ili transdermalno, npr., upotrebom flastera. Oni se također mogu primjeniti očnim, pulmonarnim ili rektalnim putevima. Alternatively, the compounds of the present invention may be administered in the form of a suppository or vaginal insert, or may be administered topically in the form of a gel, hydrogel, lotion, solution, cream, ointment, or powder. The compounds of the present invention may also be administered dermally or transdermally, eg, using a patch. They can also be administered by the ocular, pulmonary or rectal routes.

Za oftalmološku primjenu, spojevi se mogu oblikovati kao mikro suspenzija u izotoničnoj, pH podešenoj, sterilnoj otopini soli, ili, kao što se preferira, kao otopina u izotoničnoj, pH podešenoj, sterilnoj otopini soli eventualno u kombinaciji s konzervansima kao što je benzilalkonij klorid. Alternativno, mogu se oblikovati u obliku masti kao što je bijeli vazelin. For ophthalmic use, the compounds may be formulated as a microsuspension in isotonic, pH-adjusted, sterile saline, or, as preferred, as a solution in isotonic, pH-adjusted, sterile saline, possibly in combination with preservatives such as benzylalkonium chloride. Alternatively, they can be formulated into an ointment such as white petrolatum.

Za lokalnu primjenu na koži, spojevi ovog izuma oblikuju se kao pogodna mast koji sadrži aktivni spoj suspendiran ili otopljen u, npr. smjesi jednog ili više sljedećih sastojaka: mineralno ulje, tekući petrolej, bijeli petrolej, propilen glikol, spoj polioksietilen polioksipropilena, emulzirajući vosak i voda. Alternativno, mogu se oblikovati kao pogodni losion ili krema, suspendirani ili otopljeni u, npr. smjesi jednog ili više sljedećih sastojaka: mineralno ulje, sorbitan monostearat, polietilen glikol, tekući parafin, polisorbat 60, cetil esteri, vosak, cetearil alkohol, 2-oktildodekanol, benzil alkohol i voda. For topical application to the skin, the compounds of this invention are formulated as a suitable ointment containing the active compound suspended or dissolved in, for example, a mixture of one or more of the following ingredients: mineral oil, liquid petroleum, white kerosene, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water. Alternatively, they may be formulated as a suitable lotion or cream, suspended or dissolved in, for example, a mixture of one or more of the following ingredients: mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, polyethylene glycol, liquid paraffin, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters, wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2- octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water.

Spojevi ovog izuma također se mogu upotrijebiti u kombinaciji s ciklodekstrinom. Ciklodekstrini su poznati za oblikovanje inkluzijskih i ne-inkluzijskih kompleksa s molekulama lijeka. Oblikovanje lijek-ciklodekstrin kompleksa može promjeniti topljivost, stupanj otapanja, biodostupnost i/ili svojstva stabilnosti molekula lijeka. Lijek-ciklodekstrin kompleksi su općenito upotrebljivi za većinu oblika doza i puteva primjene. Kao alternativa direktnoj kompleksacija s lijekom, ciklodekstrin se može upotrijebiti kao pomoćno dodatno sredstvo, npr. kao nosač, diluent ili sredstvo za povećanje topivosti. Alfa-, beta- i gama-ciklodekstrini su najčešće upotrijebljeni, a pogodni primjeri su opisani u WO-A-91/11172, WO-A-94/02518 i WO-A-98/55148. The compounds of this invention may also be used in combination with cyclodextrin. Cyclodextrins are known to form inclusion and non-inclusion complexes with drug molecules. The formation of the drug-cyclodextrin complex can change the solubility, degree of dissolution, bioavailability and/or stability properties of the drug molecules. Drug-cyclodextrin complexes are generally usable for most dosage forms and routes of administration. As an alternative to direct complexation with the drug, cyclodextrin can be used as an additional auxiliary agent, eg as a carrier, diluent or agent to increase solubility. Alpha-, beta- and gamma-cyclodextrins are most commonly used, and suitable examples are described in WO-A-91/11172, WO-A-94/02518 and WO-A-98/55148.

Za oralnu ili parenteralnu primjenu na ljudima kao pacijentima nivoi dnevne doze spojeva ovog izuma kreću se od 0,01 do 30 mg/kg (u jednoj ili podjeljenim dozama), a prefererira se da je u rasponu 0,01 do 5 mg/kg. Prema tome tablete će sadržavati 1mg do 0,4g spoja za primjenu odjednom ili u dva ili više puta, kako je odgovarajuće. Liječnik će u svakom slučaju odrediti pravu dozu koja će biti najpogodnija za svakog određenog pacijenta, a doza će varirati s godinama, težinom i reakcijom određenog pacijenta. Gore navedene doze su, naravno samo primjeri prosječnog stanja, a postoje i stanja gdje su više ili niže doze zahtjevaju, a i takva stanja su unutar područja ovog izuma. For oral or parenteral administration to human patients, daily dose levels of the compounds of this invention range from 0.01 to 30 mg/kg (in single or divided doses), and are preferably in the range of 0.01 to 5 mg/kg. Accordingly, the tablets will contain 1mg to 0.4g of compound for administration at once or in two or more doses, as appropriate. In any case, the doctor will determine the right dose that will be most suitable for each particular patient, and the dose will vary with the age, weight and reaction of the particular patient. The doses mentioned above are, of course, only examples of an average condition, and there are conditions where higher or lower doses are required, and such conditions are also within the scope of this invention.

Preferira se oralna primjena. Pogodno je da se lijek primjeni kratko prije nego je djelovanje potrebno. Oral administration is preferred. It is convenient to administer the medicine shortly before the action is needed.

Za veterinasku upotrebu, spoj ovog izuma se primjenjuje u prihvatljivom obliku u skladu s normalnom veterinarskom praksom, a veterinarski liječnik će odrediti način doziranja i put unosa koji će najviše odgovarati za određenu životinju. For veterinary use, the compound of this invention is administered in an acceptable form in accordance with normal veterinary practice, and the veterinarian will determine the dosage method and route of administration most appropriate for a particular animal.

Tako prema sljedećem aspektu, izum opisuje farmaceutski oblik koji sadrži spoj ovog izuma i farmaceutski prihvatljivo pomoćno sredstvo, diluent ili nosač. Thus according to the following aspect, the invention describes a pharmaceutical form comprising a compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent or carrier.

Izum je objašnjen sljedećim nelimitirajućim primjerima u kojima su upotrijebljene sljedeće kratice i definicije: The invention is explained by the following non-limiting examples in which the following abbreviations and definitions are used:

Arbocel® sredstvo filtriranja Arbocel® filtering agent

br širok No. wide

Boc terc-butoksikarbonil Boc tert-butoxycarbonyl

CDI karbonildiimidazol CDI carbonyldiimidazole

δ kemijski pomak δ chemical shift

d doublet d doublet

Δ toplina Δ heat

DCCl dicikloheksilkarbodiimid DCCl dicyclohexylcarbodiimide

DCM diklorometan DCM dichloromethane

DMF N,N-dimetilformamid DMF N,N-dimethylformamide

DMSO dimetilsulfoksid DMSO dimethylsulfoxide

ES+ pozitivna ionizacija elektrosprejem ES+ positive ionization by electrospray

ES- negativna ionizacija elektrosprejem ES - negative ionization by electrospray

Ex primjer Ex example

h sati h hours

HOBt 1-hidroksibenzotriazol HOBt 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole

HPLC tekućinska kromatografija visoke učinkovitosti High performance HPLC liquid chromatography

m/s pik masenog spektra m/s mass spectrum peak

min minute min minutes

MS maseni spektar MS mass spectrum

NMR nuklearna magnetna rezonancija NMR nuclear magnetic resonance

Prek prekursor Precursor

Dob dobivanje Age gaining

q kvartet q quartet

s singlet with a singlet

t triplet t triplet

Tf trifluorometansulfonil Tf trifluoromethanesulfonyl

TFA trifluorooctena kiselina TFA trifluoroacetic acid

THF tetrahidrofuran THF tetrahydrofuran

TLC tankoslojna kromatografija TLC thin layer chromatography

TS+ pozitivna ionizacija termosprejem TS+ positive ionization by thermospray

WSCDI 1-(3-dimetilaminopropil)-3-etilkarbodiimid hidroklorid WSCDI 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride

Spektar 1H nuklearne magnetne rezonancije (NMR) je u svim slučajevima dosljedan s predloženim strukturama. Karakteristični kemijski pomaci (δ) su dani u dijelovima po milijunu na niže od tetrametilsilana upotrebom uobičajenih kratica za označavanje glavnih pikova : npr. s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet; q, kvartet; m, multiplet; br, širok. The 1H nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectrum is consistent with the proposed structures in all cases. Characteristic chemical shifts (δ) are given in parts per million down from tetramethylsilane using the usual abbreviations to indicate the main peaks: eg s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet; q, quartet; m, multiplet; no, wide.

Sljedeće kratice su upotrebljene za uobičajena otapala: CDCl3, deuterijkloroform; DMSO, dimetilsulfoksid. Kratica psi označava funte po kvadratnom inču (1 funta=453,59 g, 1 inč=2,54 cm), a LRMS označava masenu spektrometriju niske rezolucije. Kada je upotrijebljena tankoslojna kromatografija (TLC) misli se na TLC na silikagelu upotrebom silikagel 60 F254 ploča, Rf je udaljenost koje je prešao spoj podijeljena s udaljenošću koju je prešla fronta otapala na TLC ploči. Temperatura taljenja se odredi upotrebom Perkin Elmer DSC7 brzinom zagrijavanja od 20 °C/minuti). The following abbreviations are used for common solvents: CDCl3, deuterium chloroform; DMSO, dimethylsulfoxide. The abbreviation psi stands for pounds per square inch (1 pound=453.59 g, 1 inch=2.54 cm) and LRMS stands for low resolution mass spectrometry. When thin layer chromatography (TLC) is used it means TLC on silica gel using silica gel 60 F254 plates, Rf is the distance traveled by the compound divided by the distance traveled by the solvent front on the TLC plate. The melting temperature is determined using a Perkin Elmer DSC7 at a heating rate of 20 °C/minute).

Tamo gdje je naznačeno, spojevi su opisani kao njihove hidrokloridne soli. Tipičan postupak dobivanja hidrokloridnih soli dan je u primjeru 12. Postupak se može izvesti s drugim otapalima npr. dietil eterom ili DCM. Where indicated, the compounds are described as their hydrochloride salts. A typical procedure for obtaining hydrochloride salts is given in example 12. The procedure can be carried out with other solvents, for example diethyl ether or DCM.

Komercijalno dostupni polazni materijali nabavljeni su od Aldrich Chemical Co, Lancaster Synthesis Ltd ili od Acros Organics. Commercially available starting materials were obtained from Aldrich Chemical Co, Lancaster Synthesis Ltd or from Acros Organics.

PRIMJER 1 EXAMPLE 1

3-[(Metilamino)metil]-4-[3-metil-4-metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-benzensulfonamid 3-[(Methylamino)methyl]-4-[3-methyl-4-methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-benzenesulfonamide

[image] [image]

Amid nastao u postupku dobivanja 8 (760 mg, 2,07 mmol) otopi se u THF (10 mL) dajući gustu suspenziju, a nastala suspenzija se tretira s boran tetrahidrofuran kompleksom (1M otopina u THF, 6,22 mL, 6,22 mmol) na sobnoj temperaturi. Nastala otopina se zagrijava uz povrat tijekom 5 sati u atmosferi suhog dušika. Reakcijska smjesa se ohladi na sobnu temperaturu i tretira pažljivo s 6M HCl otopinom (6 mL). Nastala smjesa zagrijava se uz povrat tijekom 30 min. Nakon hlađenja na sobnu temperaturu smjesa se razrijedi s vodom (10 mL) i zaluži pažljivim dodavanjem krutog kalij karbonata. Vodeni sloj se ekstrahira s EtOAc (20 mL) čime nastaje precipitat u organskom sloju, a vodeni sloj se dalje ekstrahira s DCM (2 x 20 mL). EtOAc frakcija ispere se s 2M NaOH (20 mL) dajući razdvojene čiste dvije faze, a bazični sloj se ekstrahira s DCM (4 x 25 mL). Sve organske frakcije se spoje i isperu s otopinom soli (20 mL), osuše (MgSO4) i upare dajući bezbojno ulje. Pročišćavanje flash kromatografijom [SiO2; 95:5:0,5 do 90:10:1 (EtOAc/MeOH/880 NH3)] dajući bijeli prah željenog amina (646 mg, 89%). δH (300 MHz, d6-DMSO) 2,26 (3H, d), 2,32 (3H, d), 2,45 (3H, d), 3,75 (2H, d), 6,90 (3H, m), 7,25 (3H, br), 7,67 (1H, t) 7,98 (1H, d); MS m/z (TS+) 353 (MH+). The amide formed in the preparation of 8 (760 mg, 2.07 mmol) was dissolved in THF (10 mL) to give a thick suspension, and the resulting suspension was treated with borane tetrahydrofuran complex (1M solution in THF, 6.22 mL, 6.22 mmol) at room temperature. The resulting solution is heated at reflux for 5 hours in an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and treated carefully with 6M HCl solution (6 mL). The resulting mixture is heated under reflux for 30 min. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture is diluted with water (10 mL) and made alkaline by careful addition of solid potassium carbonate. The aqueous layer is extracted with EtOAc (20 mL) to form a precipitate in the organic layer, and the aqueous layer is further extracted with DCM (2 x 20 mL). The EtOAc fraction was washed with 2M NaOH (20 mL) to give separate clear two phases, and the base layer was extracted with DCM (4 x 25 mL). All organic fractions were combined and washed with brine (20 mL), dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give a colorless oil. Purification by flash chromatography [SiO2; 95:5:0.5 to 90:10:1 (EtOAc/MeOH/880 NH3)] to give a white powder of the desired amine (646 mg, 89%). δH (300 MHz, d6-DMSO) 2.26 (3H, d), 2.32 (3H, d), 2.45 (3H, d), 3.75 (2H, d), 6.90 (3H , m), 7.25 (3H, br), 7.67 (1H, t) 7.98 (1H, d); MS m/z (TS+) 353 (MH+).

Spojevi prikazani formulom Id, tj. spojevi prikazani općom formulom I gdje R1 je metil, R2 je vodik i R5 je -SO2NH2, prikazani u tablici 1 dobivaju se analognim načinom kao u primjeru 1 iz pokazanih prekursora. The compounds shown by the formula Id, i.e. the compounds shown by the general formula I where R1 is methyl, R2 is hydrogen and R5 is -SO2NH2, shown in table 1 are obtained in an analogous way as in example 1 from the indicated precursors.

[image] [image]

Tablica 1 Table 1

[image] [image] [image] [image]

PRIMJERI 12 i 13 EXAMPLES 12 and 13

3-[(Dimetilamino)metil]-4-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-benzensulfonamid (Primjer 12) i 3-[(dimetilamino)metil]-N-metil-4-[3-metil-4(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]benzensulfonamid (Primjer 13) 3-[(Dimethylamino)methyl]-4-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-benzenesulfonamide (Example 12) and 3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-N-methyl-4-[3-methyl- 4(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]benzenesulfonamide (Example 13)

[image] [image]

Formaldehid (37% vodena otopina, 282 L, 3,76 mmol) se doda u suspenziju sekundarnog amina iz primjera 1 (409 mg, 1,16 mmol) u DCM (20 mL) na sobnoj temperaturi u atmosferi dušika. Nastala smjesa se miješa tijekom 15 minuta prije dodavanja natrij triacetoksiborohidrida (984 mg, 4,64 mmol). Nastala reakcijska smjesa miješa se tijekom 5 sati prije nego se zaluži s zasićenom otopinom NaHCO3 (10 mL) i ekstrahira s DCM (3 X 20 mL). Organski slojevi se isperu s otopinom soli (10 mL), osuše (MgSO4) i upare dajući žuto ulje. Ulje se pročisti HPLC (Phenomonex Luna C18 75 x 4,6 mm kolona, CH3CN, H2O, TFA). Frakcije koje sadrže glavni produkt se upare, a talog se tretira s zasićenom otopinom NaHCO3 (5 mL) i ekstrahira s DCM (3x30 mL). Spojene organske frakcije se isperu s otopinom soli (30 mL), osuše (MgSO4) i upare dajući tvar u obliku bijele pjene (155 mg, 36%) iz primjera 12; δH (300 MHz, CDCl3) 2,30 (6H, s), 2,35 (3H, s), 2,48 (3H, s), 3,60 (2H, s), 6,83 (3H, m), 7,20 (1H, m), 7,28 (2H, s), 7,74 (1H, d), 8,08 (1H, s); MS m/z (TS+) 367 (MH+). Formaldehyde (37% aqueous solution, 282 L, 3.76 mmol) was added to a suspension of the secondary amine from Example 1 (409 mg, 1.16 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting mixture was stirred for 15 min before sodium triacetoxyborohydride (984 mg, 4.64 mmol) was added. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred for 5 h before being basified with saturated NaHCO 3 (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (3 x 20 mL). The organic layers were washed with brine (10 mL), dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give a yellow oil. The oil was purified by HPLC (Phenomonex Luna C18 75 x 4.6 mm column, CH3CN, H2O, TFA). Fractions containing the major product were evaporated, and the residue was treated with saturated NaHCO3 solution (5 mL) and extracted with DCM (3x30 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO 4 ) and evaporated to give a white foam (155 mg, 36%) from Example 12; δH (300 MHz, CDCl3) 2.30 (6H, s), 2.35 (3H, s), 2.48 (3H, s), 3.60 (2H, s), 6.83 (3H, m ), 7.20 (1H, m), 7.28 (2H, s), 7.74 (1H, d), 8.08 (1H, s); MS m/z (TS+) 367 (MH+).

Sporedni produkt se također dobije nakon HPLC pročišćavanja. Relevantne frakcije se upare, a talog se tretira sa zasićenom otopinom NaHCO3 (5 mL) i ekstrahira s DCM (2x30 mL). Spojene organske frakcije se isperu s otopinom soli (30 mL), osuše (MgSO4) i upare dajući tvar u obliku gume. Guma se prenese u DCM (5 mL), tretira s 1M HCI u eteru (2 mL) i upari dajući bijeli prah (39 mg, 9%) iz primjera 13; HCI sol : δH (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 2,30 (6H, s), 2,35 (3H, s), 2,48 (3H, s), 3,60 (2H, s), 6,83 (3H, m), 7,20 (1H, m), 7,28 (2H, s), 7,74 (1H, d), 8,08 (1H, s); MS m/z (TS+) 381 (MH+). A side product is also obtained after HPLC purification. The relevant fractions were evaporated, and the residue was treated with saturated NaHCO3 solution (5 mL) and extracted with DCM (2x30 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO 4 ) and evaporated to give a gum. The gum was taken up in DCM (5 mL), treated with 1M HCl in ether (2 mL) and evaporated to give a white powder (39 mg, 9%) from Example 13; HCl salt : δH (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 2.30 (6H, s), 2.35 (3H, s), 2.48 (3H, s), 3.60 (2H, s), 6.83 ( 3H, m), 7.20 (1H, m), 7.28 (2H, s), 7.74 (1H, d), 8.08 (1H, s); MS m/z (TS+) 381 (MH+).

U ponovljenoj reakciji, djelovanjem 1 ekivalenta formaldehida s aminom iz primjera 1, dobije se spoj iz primjera 12 s 78% iskorištenja nakon kromatografije na koloni [SiO2; 95:5:0,5 do 90:10:1 (EtOAc/MeOH/880 NH3)]. Spoj se prenese u EtOAc i konvertira u HCI sol dodavanjem 1M HCl u eteru. Nastali precipitat se profiltrira i osuši u vakuumu dajući HCl sol iz primjera 12; t.t. 188 °C. In a repeated reaction, by the action of 1 equivalent of formaldehyde with the amine from example 1, the compound from example 12 is obtained with 78% yield after chromatography on a column [SiO2; 95:5:0.5 to 90:10:1 (EtOAc/MeOH/880 NH3)]. The compound was taken up in EtOAc and converted to the HCl salt by addition of 1M HCl in ether. The resulting precipitate is filtered and dried in a vacuum to give the HCl salt from example 12; d.p. 188 °C.

Alternativno, spoj iz primjera 12 također se može dobiti iz amina iz primjera 1 prema postupku iz primjera 110. Alternatively, the compound of Example 12 can also be obtained from the amine of Example 1 according to the procedure of Example 110.

Spoj iz primjera 12 također se dobije kao što slijedi. The compound of Example 12 is also obtained as follows.

Otopina hidrokloridne soli iz primjera 94 (20 g) u trifluorooctenoj kiselini (100 mL) polagano se doda u otopinu klorosulfonske kiseline (72 g) održavajući temperaturu između 0 i 5 °C. Nakon 1 sata reakcija u smjesi se zaustavi polagano u vodi (200 mL), na 0-20 °C. Smjesa se zatim ekstrahira s diklorometanom (200 mL) i razdvoji. Vodeni sloj se tada ekstrahira s diklorometanom (60 mL) i razdvoji. Spojeni organski slojevi se isperu s vodom (200 mL). Slojevi se razdvoje i diklorometan se ukloni u vakuumu čime se dobiva krutina. Doda se acetonitril (240 mL) i u nastalu gustu smjesu doda se fosforni oksiklorid (28.8 mL). Otopina se zatim zagrijava preko noći uz povrat. Reakcijska smjesa se ohladi na sobnu temperaturu i reakcija se zaustavi u miješanoj smjesi amonija (90 mL), diklorometana (240 mL) i vode (100 mL), održavajući temperaturu između 0 °C i 10 °C. pH smjese se podesi pomoću amonijaka (akoje potrebno) na više od 8. Nakon 15 minuta reakcijska smjesa se pusti da se zagrije na sobnu temperaturu a slojevi se razdvoje. Organski sloj se ukoncentrira u vakuumu dajući gusto smeđe ulje. Ono se otopi u acetonu (100 mL) i ugusti s ugljenom (Norit SX plus, 50% maseni udio), profiltrira i tretira s drugim dodatkom ugljena (Norit SX plus, 50% maseni udio). Ta smjesa se ponovo profiltrira i otopina se ukoncentrira, istiskivanjem vode (200 mL). Gusta otopina se granulira, profiltrira i osuši pomoću vakuuma preko noći dajući produkt iz naslova kao kremastu bijelu krutinu (iskorištenje 40%). A solution of the hydrochloride salt of Example 94 (20 g) in trifluoroacetic acid (100 mL) was added slowly to a solution of chlorosulfonic acid (72 g) maintaining the temperature between 0 and 5 °C. After 1 hour, the reaction in the mixture is stopped slowly in water (200 mL), at 0-20 °C. The mixture was then extracted with dichloromethane (200 mL) and separated. The aqueous layer was then extracted with dichloromethane (60 mL) and separated. The combined organic layers are washed with water (200 mL). The layers were separated and the dichloromethane was removed in vacuo to give a solid. Acetonitrile (240 mL) was added and phosphorus oxychloride (28.8 mL) was added to the resulting thick mixture. The solution is then heated overnight at reflux. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and quenched in a stirred mixture of ammonium (90 mL), dichloromethane (240 mL) and water (100 mL), maintaining the temperature between 0 °C and 10 °C. The pH of the mixture is adjusted using ammonia (if necessary) to more than 8. After 15 minutes, the reaction mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature and the layers are separated. The organic layer was concentrated in vacuo to give a thick brown oil. It is dissolved in acetone (100 mL) and concentrated with charcoal (Norit SX plus, 50% by weight), filtered and treated with another addition of charcoal (Norit SX plus, 50% by weight). This mixture is filtered again and the solution is concentrated by squeezing out water (200 mL). The thick solution was granulated, filtered and vacuum dried overnight to give the title product as a creamy white solid (40% yield).

PRIMJERI 14 i 15 EXAMPLES 14 and 15

4-(2,3-Dihidro-1,4-benzoksatiin-7-iloksi)-3-[(dimetilamino)metil]-benzensulfonamid i 4-(2,3-dihidro-1,4-benzoksatiin-7-iloksi)-3-[(dimetilamino)metil]-N-metilbenzensulfonamid 4-(2,3-Dihydro-1,4-benzoxathiin-7-yloxy)-3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-benzenesulfonamide and 4-(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzoxathiin-7-yloxy) -3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide

[image] [image]

Ti spojevi se dobivaju prema analognom načinu iz primjera 12 i 13 polazeći od sekundarnog amina iz primjera 5. These compounds are obtained according to the analogous method from examples 12 and 13 starting from the secondary amine from example 5.

PRIMJER 14. HCI sol : δH (CD3OD, 400 MHz) 2,97 (6H, s), 3,18 (2H, m), 4,42 (2H, m), 4,52 (2H, s), 6,68 (2H, d), 6,99 (1H, d), 7,14 (1H, d), 7,94 (1H, d), 8,07 (1H, s); MS m/z (ES+) 381 (MH+). EXAMPLE 14. HCl salt: δH (CD3OD, 400 MHz) 2.97 (6H, s), 3.18 (2H, m), 4.42 (2H, m), 4.52 (2H, s), 6 .68 (2H, d), 6.99 (1H, d), 7.14 (1H, d), 7.94 (1H, d), 8.07 (1H, s); MS m/z (ES+) 381 (MH+).

PRIMJER 15. HCI sol : δH (CD3OD, 400 MHz) 2,56 (3H, s), 2,80 (6H, s), 3,17 (2H, m), 4,35 (2H, s), 4,41 (2H, m), 6,68 (2H, m), 6,98 (1H, d), 7,13 (1H, d), 7,81 (1H, d), 8,00 (1H, s); MS m/z (ES+) 395 (MH+). EXAMPLE 15. HCl salt: δH (CD3OD, 400 MHz) 2.56 (3H, s), 2.80 (6H, s), 3.17 (2H, m), 4.35 (2H, s), 4 .41 (2H, m), 6.68 (2H, m), 6.98 (1H, d), 7.13 (1H, d), 7.81 (1H, d), 8.00 (1H, with); MS m/z (ES+) 395 (MH+).

Spojevi prikazani formulom Ie, tj. spojevi prikazani općom formulom I gdje R1 i R2 su metil i R5 je -SO2NH2, prikazani u tablici 2, dobivaju se prema postupku iz primjera 12 iz naznačenog prekursora. Analozi N-metil sulfonamida primjeru 13 se ne izoliraju u ovim reakcijama i ne zahtjeva se HPLC pročišćavanje. The compounds shown by the formula Ie, i.e. the compounds shown by the general formula I where R1 and R2 are methyl and R5 is -SO2NH2, shown in table 2, are obtained according to the procedure from example 12 from the indicated precursor. The N-methyl sulfonamide analogs of Example 13 are not isolated in these reactions and do not require HPLC purification.

[image] [image]

Tablica 2 Table 2

[image] [image] [image] [image]

PRIMJER 24 EXAMPLE 24

3-[(Dimetilamino)metil]-4-[4-metil-3-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-benzensulfonamid 3-[(Dimethylamino)methyl]-4-[4-methyl-3-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-benzenesulfonamide

[image] [image]

Spoj iz naslova se dobije iz sekundarnog amina iz primjera 9 prema postupku iz primjera 110; δH (CD3OD, 400 MHz) 2,27 (3H, s), 2,41 (3H, s), 2,61 (6H, s), 4,19 (2H, s), 6,76 (1H, d), 6,88-6,93 (2H, m), 7,20 (1H, d), 7,82 (1H, d), 8,03 (1H, d); MS m/z (TS+) 367 (MH+). The title compound is obtained from the secondary amine of Example 9 according to the procedure of Example 110; δH (CD3OD, 400 MHz) 2.27 (3H, s), 2.41 (3H, s), 2.61 (6H, s), 4.19 (2H, s), 6.76 (1H, d ), 6.88-6.93 (2H, m), 7.20 (1H, d), 7.82 (1H, d), 8.03 (1H, d); MS m/z (TS+) 367 (MH+).

PRIMJER 25 EXAMPLE 25

N-{5-Metoksi-2-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]benzil}-N,N-dimetilamin N-{5-Methoxy-2-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]benzyl}-N,N-dimethylamine

[image] [image]

Dodaju se dimetilamin hidroklorid (424 mg, 5,2 mmol), Et3N (725 μL, 5,2 mmol), AcOH (298 μL, 5,2 mmol) i natrij triacetoksiborohidrid (1,0 g, 5,2 mmol) u otopinu aldehida iz postupka dobivanja 24 (1,00 g, 3,47 mmol) u THF (15 mL) i DCM (15 mL) i smjesa se miješa na sobnoj temperaturi tijekom 16 sati. Nakon uklanjanja otapala u vakuumu talog se prenese u 2M HCl (20 mL) i ispere s eterom (2x15 mL). Vodeni sloj se zaluži s granulama NaOH i ispere s DCM (4x20 mL). Spojeni DCM ekstrakti se isperu s otopinom soli, osuše (MgSO4) i upare. Talog se prenese u malu količinu DCM i tretira s 1M HCl u eteru precipitirajući HCl sol. Smjesa se profiltrira, ispere s eterom i osuši dajući bijelu krutinu (936 mg) onečišćenu s trietilamin hidrokloridom. Krutina se otopi u 1 M NaOH (10 mL) i ekstrahira s EtOAc (3x15 mL). Organski ekstrakti se isperu s otopinom soli (10 mL), osuše (MgSO4) i upare prije nego se ponovo otope u EtOAc i upare još jednom. Talog se prenese u DCM i tretira s 1M HCl u eteru precipitirajući HCl sol, koja se profiltrira, ispere s eterom i osuši dajući bijelu krutinu (635 mg, 52%); δH (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 2,35 (3H, s), 2,45 (3H, s), 2,79 (6H, s), 3,90 (3H, s), 4,21 (2H, s), 6,70 (1H, d), 6,73 (1H, s), 6,90 (2H, m), 7,18 (1H, d), 7,65 (1H, s), 12,83 (1H, brs); MS m/z (TS+) 318 (MH+). Add dimethylamine hydrochloride (424 mg, 5.2 mmol), Et3N (725 μL, 5.2 mmol), AcOH (298 μL, 5.2 mmol), and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.0 g, 5.2 mmol) in a solution of the aldehyde from procedure 24 (1.00 g, 3.47 mmol) in THF (15 mL) and DCM (15 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. After removing the solvent in vacuo, the precipitate was transferred to 2M HCl (20 mL) and washed with ether (2x15 mL). The aqueous layer was basified with NaOH granules and washed with DCM (4x20 mL). The combined DCM extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. The precipitate was taken up in a small amount of DCM and treated with 1M HCl in ether to precipitate the HCl salt. The mixture was filtered, washed with ether and dried to give a white solid (936 mg) contaminated with triethylamine hydrochloride. The solid was dissolved in 1 M NaOH (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3x15 mL). The organic extracts were washed with brine (10 mL), dried (MgSO 4 ) and evaporated before being redissolved in EtOAc and evaporated once more. The residue was taken up in DCM and treated with 1M HCl in ether to precipitate the HCl salt, which was filtered, washed with ether and dried to give a white solid (635 mg, 52%); δH (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 2.35 (3H, s), 2.45 (3H, s), 2.79 (6H, s), 3.90 (3H, s), 4.21 (2H, s ), 6.70 (1H, d), 6.73 (1H, s), 6.90 (2H, m), 7.18 (1H, d), 7.65 (1H, s), 12.83 (1H, brs); MS m/z (TS+) 318 (MH+).

Spojevi prikazani formulom If, tj. spojevi prikazani općom formulom I gdje R1 i R2 su metil, prikazani u tablici 3 dobivaju se prema postupku iz primjera 25 iz naznačenih prekursora. The compounds shown by the formula If, i.e. the compounds shown by the general formula I where R1 and R2 are methyl, shown in table 3 are obtained according to the procedure from example 25 from the indicated precursors.

[image] [image]

Tablica 3 Table 3

[image] [image] [image] [image]

PRIMJER 34 EXAMPLE 34

3-[(Dimetilamino)metil]-N-metil-4-(6-kinoliniloksi)benzensulfonamid 3-[(Dimethylamino)methyl]-N-methyl-4-(6-quinolinyloxy)benzenesulfonamide

[image] [image]

U otopinu iz primjera 29 (50 mg, 0,16 mmol) u DCM (2 mL) doda se klorosulfonska kiselina (106 μL, 1,6 mmol) i smjesa se miješa tijekom 3 sata na sobnoj temperaturi. Doda se voda (2 mL), pH smjese se podesi s zasićenom vodenom otopinom NaHCO3 i smjesa se ekstrahira s DCM (2x5 mL). Organski ekstrakti se osuše (MgSO4) i profiltriraju, te se doda 8M metilamin u EtOH (0,3 mL). Nakon 1 sata mirovanja otapalo se ukloni u vakuumu i talog se pročisti kromatografijom na koloni [SiO2; 95:5:0,5 (DCM/MeOH/880 NH3)]. Produkt se prenese u EtOAc i konvertira u HCl sol dodavanjem HCl u eteru. Time se dobiva željeni produkt u obliku higroskopne krutine (3 mg, 5%); δH (CD3OD, 300 MHz) 2,60 (3H, s), 2,99 (6H, s), 4,60 (2H, s), 7,21 (1H, d), 7,96 (1H, d), 8,04 (3H, m), 8,19 (1H, s), 8,38 (1H, d), 9,03 (1H, d), 9,18 (1H, d); MS m/z (TS+) 371 (MH+). To a solution of Example 29 (50 mg, 0.16 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added chlorosulfonic acid (106 μL, 1.6 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. Water (2 mL) was added, the pH of the mixture was adjusted with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the mixture was extracted with DCM (2x5 mL). The organic extracts were dried (MgSO4) and filtered, and 8M methylamine in EtOH (0.3 mL) was added. After standing for 1 hour, the solvent is removed in vacuo and the precipitate is purified by column chromatography [SiO2; 95:5:0.5 (DCM/MeOH/880 NH3)]. The product is taken up in EtOAc and converted to the HCl salt by addition of HCl in ether. This gives the desired product in the form of a hygroscopic solid (3 mg, 5%); δH (CD3OD, 300 MHz) 2.60 (3H, s), 2.99 (6H, s), 4.60 (2H, s), 7.21 (1H, d), 7.96 (1H, d ), 8.04 (3H, m), 8.19 (1H, s), 8.38 (1H, d), 9.03 (1H, d), 9.18 (1H, d); MS m/z (TS+) 371 (MH+).

PRIMJER 35 EXAMPLE 35

3-[(Metilamino)metil]-4-(6-kinoliniloksi)benzensulfonamid 3-[(Methylamino)methyl]-4-(6-quinolinyloxy)benzenesulfonamide

[image] [image]

U otopinu amina iz primjera 48 (900 mg, 3,4 mmol) i trietilamina (1,9 mL, 13,6 mmol) u CH2Cl2 (15 mL)doda se anhidrid trifluorooctene kiseline (0,96 mL, 6,8 mmol) (15 mL) na 0 °C i smjesa se miješa tijekom 5 minuta. Otapalo se ukloni u vakuumu i talog se razdjeli između CH2Cl2 i vode. Organski sloj se ispere s otopinom soli, osuši (MgSO4) i upari dajući žuto ulje, koje se upotrijebi bez daljnjeg pročišćavanja. Nastalo sirovo ulje prenese se u CH2Cl2 (20 mL), ohladi na 0 °C i u obrocima se doda ClSO3H (2,4 mL, 36,1 mmol). Smjesa se ostavi da se zagrije na sobnu temperaturu i miješa tijekom 4 sata prije nego se izlije u ledenu vodu. Smjesa se ekstrahira s CH2Cl2 (50 mL) i organski sloj se tretira sa zasićenom otopinom NH3 u MeOH (10 mL). Nakon miješanja tijekom 4 sata doda se 1M LiOH (20 mL) i miješanje se nastavi preko noći. Tlc analiza pokazuje da je reakcija nepotpuna te se doda dodatna količina 1M LiOH (50 mL) i smjesa se miješa tijekom 2 sata. Smjesa se zakiseli na pH 8 s 2M HCl i ekstrahira s CH2Cl2 (3X200 mL). Spojeni organski ekstrakti se osuše (MgSO4) i upare, a talog se triturira s eterom dajući spoj iz naslova (500 mg, 43%) u obliku žute krutine; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 2,46 (3H, s), 3,87 (2H, s), 6,93 (1H, d), 7,25 (1H, s), 7,39 (1H, t), 7,42 (1H, d), 7,78 (1H, d), 8,00-8,08 (2H, m), 8,12 (1H, d), 8,86 (1H, s); MS m/z (ES+) 344 (MH+). Trifluoroacetic anhydride (0.96 mL, 6.8 mmol) was added to a solution of the amine from example 48 (900 mg, 3.4 mmol) and triethylamine (1.9 mL, 13.6 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (15 mL) (15 mL) at 0 °C and the mixture was stirred for 5 min. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the precipitate was partitioned between CH2Cl2 and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give a yellow oil, which was used without further purification. The resulting crude oil was taken up in CH2Cl2 (20 mL), cooled to 0 °C and ClSO3H (2.4 mL, 36.1 mmol) was added in portions. The mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 4 hours before being poured into ice water. The mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2 (50 mL) and the organic layer was treated with a saturated solution of NH3 in MeOH (10 mL). After stirring for 4 hours, 1M LiOH (20 mL) was added and stirring was continued overnight. Tlc analysis shows that the reaction is incomplete and an additional amount of 1M LiOH (50 mL) is added and the mixture is stirred for 2 hours. The mixture was acidified to pH 8 with 2M HCl and extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 (3X200 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO 4 ) and evaporated, and the residue was triturated with ether to give the title compound (500 mg, 43%) as a yellow solid; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 2.46 (3H, s), 3.87 (2H, s), 6.93 (1H, d), 7.25 (1H, s), 7.39 (1H, t ), 7.42 (1H, d), 7.78 (1H, d), 8.00-8.08 (2H, m), 8.12 (1H, d), 8.86 (1H, s) ; MS m/z (ES+) 344 (MH+).

PRIMJER 36 EXAMPLE 36

N-[5-Bromo-2-(2,3-dihidro-1-benzotien-5-iloksi)benzil]-N-metilamin N-[5-Bromo-2-(2,3-dihydro-1-benzothien-5-yloxy)benzyl]-N-methylamine

[image] [image]

Aldehid nastao u dobivanju 19 (1,10 g, 3,28 mmol) otopi se u 8M metilaminu u EtOH (4,1 mL, 32,8 mmol) i miješa tijekom 5 sati prije dodavanja u obrocima NaBH4 (372 mg, 9,83 mmol) za vrijeme 30 minuta. Doda se EtOH (100 mL) i reakcijska smjesa se miješa tijekom 16 sati prije nego se ukoncentrira u vakuumu. Talog se ohladi s 6M HCl do pH 1 i istaložena HCl sol se prikupi filtracijom, ispere s vodom (100 mL) i osuši u vakuumu dajući kristaličnu krutinu (1,04 g, 82%); δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 2,62 (3H, s), 3,26 (2H, t), 3,41 (2H, t), 4,18 (2H, s), 6,66 (1H, d), 6,90 (1H, d), 7,03 (1H, s), 7,19 (1H, d), 7,39 (1H, d), 7,80 (1H, s); MS m/z (ES+) 350, 352 (MH+). The aldehyde formed to give 19 (1.10 g, 3.28 mmol) was dissolved in 8M methylamine in EtOH (4.1 mL, 32.8 mmol) and stirred for 5 h before the portionwise addition of NaBH4 (372 mg, 9, 83 mmol) for 30 minutes. EtOH (100 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h before being concentrated in vacuo. The precipitate was cooled with 6M HCl to pH 1 and the precipitated HCl salt was collected by filtration, washed with water (100 mL) and dried in vacuo to give a crystalline solid (1.04 g, 82%); δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 2.62 (3H, s), 3.26 (2H, t), 3.41 (2H, t), 4.18 (2H, s), 6.66 (1H, d ), 6.90 (1H, d), 7.03 (1H, s), 7.19 (1H, d), 7.39 (1H, d), 7.80 (1H, s); MS m/z (ES+) 350, 352 (MH+).

Spojevi prikazani formulom Ig, tj. spojevi prikazani općom formulom I gdje R1 i R4 su vodik, a R2 je metil, prikazani u tablici 4 dobivaju se prema postupku iz primjera 36 iz naznačenih prekursora. Za te spojeve koji se izoliraju kao slobodna baza reakcijska smjesa se razdjeli između 2M HCl i etera nakon uklanjanja reakcijskog otapala u vakuumu. Vodeni sloj se tada zaluži i ekstrahira s DCM, DCM sloj se osuši (MgSO4) i upari dajući željeni sekundarni amin. The compounds shown by the formula Ig, i.e. the compounds shown by the general formula I where R1 and R4 are hydrogen and R2 is methyl, shown in table 4 are obtained according to the procedure from example 36 from the indicated precursors. For those compounds that are isolated as free bases, the reaction mixture is partitioned between 2M HCl and ether after removal of the reaction solvent in vacuo. The aqueous layer is then basified and extracted with DCM, the DCM layer is dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give the desired secondary amine.

[image] [image]

Tablica 4 Table 4

[image] [image] a-2M metilamin u MeOH (2 ekviv.) i Ti(OiPr)4 (2 ekviv.) u EtOH (~0,1M otopina aldehida) upotrijebe se umjesto metilamina u EtOH. Nakon izolacije slobodne baze, baza se konvertira u maleatnu sol standardnim postupcima. [image] [image] a-2M methylamine in MeOH (2 equiv.) and Ti(OiPr)4 (2 equiv.) in EtOH (~0.1M aldehyde solution) are used instead of methylamine in EtOH. After isolation of the free base, the base is converted to the maleate salt by standard procedures.

PRIMJER 50 EXAMPLE 50

(2E)-3-{4-(2,3-dihidro-1-benzotien-6-iloksi)-3-[(dimetilamino)metil]fenil}-2-propenamid (2E)-3-{4-(2,3-dihydro-1-benzothien-6-yloxy)-3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]phenyl}-2-propenamide

[image] [image]

Smjesa bromida iz primjera 32 (400 mg, 1m10 mmol), akrilamida (156 mg, 2,19 mmol), trietilamina (0,38 mL, 2,74 mmol), paladij II acetata (12,5 mg, 0,06 mmol) i tri-o-tolilfosfina (33,4 mg, 0,11 mmol) u acetonitrilu (15 mL) zagrijava se uz povrat tijekom 72 sata. Nakon hlađenja na sobnu temperaturu otapalo se ukloni u vakuumu i talog se razdjeli između EtOAc (50 mL) i 2M HCl (50 mL). Vodena faza se zaluži s 2M NaOH i ekstrahira s EtOAc (3x50 mL). Spojeni bazični ekstrakti se osuše (MgSO4) i upare. Talog se pročisti kromatografijom na koloni [SiO2; 96 4:0,5 (DCM/MeOH/880 NH3) povećavajući polarnost do 90:10:1] dajući spoj u naslovu (196 mg, 50%) u obliku bež pjene; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 2,28 (6H, s), 3,24 (2H, t), 3,38 (2H, t), 3,51 (2H, s), 5,73 (2H, br), 6,42 (1H, d), 6,59 (1H, dd), 6,82 (2H, m), 7,10 (1H, d), 7,32 (1H, d), 7,60 (1H, d), 7,69 (1H, s); MS m/z (ES+) 355 (MH+). A mixture of bromide from Example 32 (400 mg, 1.10 mmol), acrylamide (156 mg, 2.19 mmol), triethylamine (0.38 mL, 2.74 mmol), palladium II acetate (12.5 mg, 0.06 mmol) ) and tri-o-tolylphosphine (33.4 mg, 0.11 mmol) in acetonitrile (15 mL) was heated at reflux for 72 h. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was removed in vacuo and the precipitate was partitioned between EtOAc (50 mL) and 2M HCl (50 mL). The aqueous phase was basified with 2M NaOH and extracted with EtOAc (3x50 mL). The combined base extracts are dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. The precipitate is purified by column chromatography [SiO2; 96 4:0.5 (DCM/MeOH/880 NH3) increasing the polarity to 90:10:1] to give the title compound (196 mg, 50%) as a beige foam; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 2.28 (6H, s), 3.24 (2H, t), 3.38 (2H, t), 3.51 (2H, s), 5.73 (2H, no ), 6.42 (1H, d), 6.59 (1H, dd), 6.82 (2H, m), 7.10 (1H, d), 7.32 (1H, d), 7.60 (1H, d), 7.69 (1H, s); MS m/z (ES+) 355 (MH+).

PRIMJER 51 EXAMPLE 51

3-{4-(2,3-dihidro-1-benzotien-6-iloksi)-3-[(dimetilamino)metil]fenil}propanamid 3-{4-(2,3-dihydro-1-benzothien-6-yloxy)-3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]phenyl}propanamide

[image] [image]

Otopina SmI2 u THF (0,1 M, 21,9 mL, 2,19 mmol) doda se u otopinu alkena iz primjera 50 (194 mg, 0,55 mmol) u THF (5 mL) u atmosferi dušika, a nakon toga doda se voda (1 mL). Nakon miješanja na sobnoj temperaturi tijekom 10 minuta reakcija u smjesi zaustavi se s 6M NaOH (10 mL) i miješa rijekom 30 minuta. Organska faza se odvoji, a vodena faza se ekstrahira s EtOAc (2x20 mL). Spojeni organski slojevi se osuše (MgSO4) i upare dajući ulje, koje se pročisti kromatografijom na koloni [SiO2; 93:7:1 (DCM/MeOH/880 NH3) povećavajući polarnost do 90:10:1] čime se dobiva spoj u naslovu (90 mg, 46%); δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 2,25 (6H, s), 2,54 (2H, t), 2,97 (2H, t), 3,22 (2H, t), 3,36 (2H, t), 3,42 (2H, s), 5,20-5,46 (2H, br), 6,54 (1H, d), 6,73 (1H, s), 6,81 (1H, d), 7,05 (2H, m), 7,31 (1H, s); MS m/z (TS+) 357 (MH+). A solution of SmI2 in THF (0.1 M, 21.9 mL, 2.19 mmol) was added to a solution of the alkene from Example 50 (194 mg, 0.55 mmol) in THF (5 mL) under nitrogen, followed by water (1 mL) is added. After stirring at room temperature for 10 minutes, the reaction in the mixture was stopped with 6M NaOH (10 mL) and stirred under water for 30 minutes. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (2x20 mL). The combined organic layers are dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give an oil, which is purified by column chromatography [SiO2; 93:7:1 (DCM/MeOH/880 NH3) increasing the polarity to 90:10:1] to give the title compound (90 mg, 46%); δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 2.25 (6H, s), 2.54 (2H, t), 2.97 (2H, t), 3.22 (2H, t), 3.36 (2H, t ), 3.42 (2H, s), 5.20-5.46 (2H, br), 6.54 (1H, d), 6.73 (1H, s), 6.81 (1H, d) , 7.05 (2H, m), 7.31 (1H, s); MS m/z (TS+) 357 (MH+).

Spojevi prikazani formulom If, tj. spojevi prikazani općom formulom I gdje R1 i R2 su metil, prikazani u tablici 5 dobivaju se prema postupku dobivanja 50 iz naznačenih prekursora. The compounds shown by the formula If, i.e. the compounds shown by the general formula I where R1 and R2 are methyl, shown in table 5 are obtained according to the procedure for obtaining 50 from the indicated precursors.

[image] [image]

Tablica 5 Table 5

[image] [image]

Spojevi prikazani formulom If, tj. spojevi prikazani općom formulom I gdje R1 i R2 su metil, prikazani u tablici 6 dobivaju se prema postupku dobivanja 55 iz naznačenih prekursora. The compounds shown by the formula If, i.e. the compounds shown by the general formula I where R1 and R2 are methyl, shown in table 6 are obtained according to the procedure for obtaining 55 from the indicated precursors.

Tablica 6 Table 6

[image] [image]

Spojevi prikazani formulom If, tj. spojevi prikazani općom formulom I gdje R1 i R2 su metil, prikazani u tablica 7, dobivaju se prema postupku dobivanja 59 iz naznačenih prekursora. The compounds shown by the formula If, i.e. the compounds shown by the general formula I where R1 and R2 are methyl, shown in table 7, are obtained according to the procedure for obtaining 59 from the indicated precursors.

Tablica 7 Table 7

[image] [image]

Spojevi prikazani formulom If, tj. spojevi prikazani općom formulom I gdje R1 i R2 su metil, prikazani u tablica 8, dobivaju se prema postupku dobivanja 69 iz naznačenih prekursora. The compounds shown by the formula If, i.e. the compounds shown by the general formula I where R1 and R2 are methyl, shown in table 8, are obtained according to the procedure for obtaining 69 from the indicated precursors.

Tablica 8 Table 8

[image] [image]

PRIMJER 60 EXAMPLE 60

4-(2,3-dihidro-1-benzotien-5-iloksi)-3-[(metilamino)metil]benzamid 4-(2,3-dihydro-1-benzothien-5-yloxy)-3-[(methylamino)methyl]benzamide

[image] [image]

Zaštićeni amin nastao u postupku dobivanja 59 (317 mg, 0,76 mmof) otopi se u zasićenoj otopini HCI u DCM (25 mL) na 0 °C i ostavi 1 sat prije neutralizacije dodavanjem 10% vodene otopine K2CO3 (25 mL). Doda se voda (50 mL), a slojevi se razdvoje. Vodeni sloj se ekstrahira s DCM (25 mL) i spojeni organski slojevi se osuše (MgSO4) i upare. Nastalo ulje se otopi u EtOAc (10 mL) i tretira s 1 M HCl u eteru (1 mL). Bijeli precipitat se prikupi filtracijom i osuši u vakuumu dajući željeni produkt (211 mg, 77%); δH (CD3OD, 400 MHz) 2,77 (3H, s), 3,35 (2H, obs), 3,39 (2H, t), 4,34 (2H, s), 6,79 (1H, d), 6,90 (1H, dd), 7,02 (1H, s), 7,21 (1H, d), 7,83 (1H, d), 8,00 (1H, s); MS m/z (TS+) 315 (MH+). The protected amine formed in the preparation of 59 (317 mg, 0.76 mmol) was dissolved in a saturated solution of HCl in DCM (25 mL) at 0 °C and left for 1 hour before neutralization by addition of 10% aqueous K2CO3 (25 mL). Water (50 mL) was added and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (25 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 ) and evaporated. The resulting oil was dissolved in EtOAc (10 mL) and treated with 1 M HCl in ether (1 mL). The white precipitate was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo to give the desired product (211 mg, 77%); δH (CD3OD, 400 MHz) 2.77 (3H, s), 3.35 (2H, obs), 3.39 (2H, t), 4.34 (2H, s), 6.79 (1H, d ), 6.90 (1H, dd), 7.02 (1H, s), 7.21 (1H, d), 7.83 (1H, d), 8.00 (1H, s); MS m/z (TS+) 315 (MH+).

Spojevi prikazani formulom Ig, tj. spojevi prikazani općom formulom I gdje R1 i R4 su vodik, a R2 je metil, prikazani u tablici 9, dobivaju se prema postupku iz primjera 60 iz naznačenih prekursora. The compounds shown by the formula Ig, i.e. the compounds shown by the general formula I where R1 and R4 are hydrogen and R2 is methyl, shown in table 9, are obtained according to the procedure from example 60 from the indicated precursors.

[image] [image]

Tablica 9 Table 9

[image] [image] [image] [image] [image] [image]

PRIMJER 77 EXAMPLE 77

N-{4-[(dimetilamino)metil]-3-[3-metil-4(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]benzil}metansulfonamid N-{4-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-3-[3-methyl-4(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]benzyl}methanesulfonamide

[image] [image]

Spoj iz primjera 77 se dobiva iz Boc zaštićenog sulfonamid nastalog u dobivanju 74 postupkom iz primjera 60; HCl sol: δH(CD3OD, 400 MHz) 2,29 (3H, s), 2,42 (3H, s), 2,82 (3H, s), 2,89 (6H, s), 4,17 (2H, s), 4,39 (2H, s), 6,39 (3H, m), 7,19 (1H, d), 7,24 (1H, d), 7,48 (1H, d); MS m/z (TS+) 395 (MH+). The compound from example 77 is obtained from the Boc-protected sulfonamide formed in the preparation of 74 by the procedure from example 60; HCl salt: δH(CD3OD, 400 MHz) 2.29 (3H, s), 2.42 (3H, s), 2.82 (3H, s), 2.89 (6H, s), 4.17 ( 2H, s), 4.39 (2H, s), 6.39 (3H, m), 7.19 (1H, d), 7.24 (1H, d), 7.48 (1H, d); MS m/z (TS+) 395 (MH+).

PRIMJER 78 EXAMPLE 78

3-[(metilamino)metil]-4-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]benzonitril 3-[(methylamino)methyl]-4-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]benzonitrile

[image] [image]

U otopinu bromida dobivenog u primjeru 44 (3,0 g, 8,52 mmol) u DMF (20 mL) dodaju se Zn(CN)2 (700 mg, 5,96 mmol) i Pd(PPh3)4 (1,97 g, 1,7 mmol) i smjesa se zagrijava na 100 °C tijekom 17 sati. Reakcijska smjesa se ohladi na sobnu temperaturu, razrijedi s vodom (100 mL) i ekstrahira s eterom (2x100 mL zatim 3x50 mL). Spojeni organski slojevi se isperu s vodom (3x50 mL), osuše (MgSO4) i upare dajuću žuto ulje. Prvotno pročišćavanje kromatografijom na koloni [SiO2; 95:5:0,5 (DCM/MeOH/880 NH3)] nije bilo uspješno tako da je materijal ponovno podvrgnut kromatografiji [SiO2; 50% pentan u 95:5:0,5 (DCM/MeOH/880 NH3) povećavajući polarnost do 0% pentana) čime se dobiva produkt (1,275 g, 50%) u obliku blijedo žutog ulja. Uzorak se prenese u DCM (5 mL) i tretira s 1M HCl u eteru dajući HCl sol kao bijeli prah koji se prikupi filtracijom; δH (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 2,35 (3H, s), 2,47 (6H, s), 3,88 (2H, s), 6,79 (1H, d), 6,87 (2H, m), 7,20 (1H, d), 7,46 (1H, d), 7,72 (1H, s); MS m/z (TS+) 299 (MH+) Zn(CN)2 (700 mg, 5.96 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (1.97 g, 1.7 mmol) and the mixture is heated at 100 °C for 17 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature, diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with ether (2x100 mL then 3x50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (3x50 mL), dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give a yellow oil. Initial purification by column chromatography [SiO2; 95:5:0.5 (DCM/MeOH/880 NH3)] was unsuccessful so the material was rechromatographed [SiO2; 50% pentane in 95:5:0.5 (DCM/MeOH/880 NH3) increasing the polarity to 0% pentane) to give the product (1.275 g, 50%) as a pale yellow oil. The sample was taken up in DCM (5 mL) and treated with 1M HCl in ether to give the HCl salt as a white powder which was collected by filtration; δH (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 2.35 (3H, s), 2.47 (6H, s), 3.88 (2H, s), 6.79 (1H, d), 6.87 (2H, m ), 7.20 (1H, d), 7.46 (1H, d), 7.72 (1H, s); MS m/z (TS+) 299 (MH+)

PRIMJER 79 EXAMPLE 79

3-[(Metilamino)metil]-4-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]benzamid 3-[(Methylamino)methyl]-4-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]benzamide

[image] [image]

Smjesa nitrila iz primjera 78 (404 mg, 1,35 mmol) i KOH (304 mg, 5,42 mmol) u terc-butanolu (10 mL) zagrijava se uz povrat tijekom 1 sat u atmosferi N2. Nakon hlađenja na sobnu temperaturu otapalo se ukloni u vakuumu, a talog se razdjeli između vode (10 mL) i DCM (10 mL). Vodeni sloj se ekstrahira s DCM (4 x 20 mL) i spojeni organski slojevi se isperu s otopinom soli, osuše (MgSO4) i upare. Talog se pročisti kromatografijom na koloni [SiO2; 93:7:1 (DCM/ MeOH/880 NH3)] čime se dobiva željeni produkt (376 mg, 88%) u obliku bijele pjene; δH (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 2,35 (3H, s), 2,47 (3H, s), 2,49 (3H, s), 3,88 (2H, s), 5,90-6,30 (2H, brs), 6,82 (3H, m), 7,19 (1H, d), 7,70 (1H, d), 7,90 (1H, s); MS m/z (TS+) 317 (MH+). A mixture of the nitrile from Example 78 (404 mg, 1.35 mmol) and KOH (304 mg, 5.42 mmol) in tert-butanol (10 mL) was heated at reflux for 1 hour under N 2 . After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was removed in vacuo, and the precipitate was partitioned between water (10 mL) and DCM (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (4 x 20 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried (MgSO 4 ) and evaporated. The precipitate is purified by column chromatography [SiO2; 93:7:1 (DCM/MeOH/880 NH3)] to give the desired product (376 mg, 88%) as a white foam; δH (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 2.35 (3H, s), 2.47 (3H, s), 2.49 (3H, s), 3.88 (2H, s), 5.90-6.30 (2H, brs), 6.82 (3H, m), 7.19 (1H, d), 7.70 (1H, d), 7.90 (1H, s); MS m/z (TS+) 317 (MH+).

Spojevi prikazani formulom Ih, tj. spojevi prikazani općom formulom I gdje R1 i R2 su metil, a R4 je vodik, prikazani u tablici 10 dobivaju se prema postupku u primjeru 12 iz naznačenih prekursora. The compounds shown by the formula Ih, i.e. the compounds shown by the general formula I where R1 and R2 are methyl and R4 is hydrogen, shown in table 10 are obtained according to the procedure in example 12 from the indicated precursors.

[image] [image]

Tablica 10 Table 10

[image] [image] [image] [image] [image] [image]

Spoj iz primjera 94 također se može dobiti prema sljedećem postupku. The compound of Example 94 can also be obtained according to the following procedure.

Otopina produkta nastalog u dobivanju 30 (200 g, 0,78 mol) u DCM (1.4 L) doda se u THF (1,4 L). U tu smjesu dodaju se jedan za drugim dimetilamin hidroklorid (69,5 g, 0,85 mol) i trietilamin (235 g, 2,33 mol). Temperatura se podesi na 20 °C i nakon 3 sata doda se natrij triacetoksiborohidrid (246 g, 1,16 mol) (nakon 20 sati, ako je reakcija završila, nastavi s postupkom; ako ne, vidi opasku dolje u tekstu). Doda se diklorometan (2 L), a otopina 8% natrij bikarbonata (0,9 L) dodaje se u vremenu od 0,5 sati. Slojevi se razdvoje i organski sloj se ispere s vodom (1 L). Slojevi se još jednom razdvoje, a organski sloj se ukoncentrira. Doda se etil acetat (0,27 L) i otapalo se ukloni istiskujući sa svježim etil acetatom (800 ml). Otopina se tada ohladi na ispod 5°C i doda se 7,02 M HCI/IPA (0,117 L, 0,82 mol) održavajući temperaturu ispod 10 °C. Nakon miješanja tijekom 1 sata na ispod 5 °C, gusta otopina se profiltrira, ispere s etil acetatom (3 x 0,2 L) i osuše u vakuum peći na 50 °C preko noći dajući željeni produkt u obliku praškaste krutine (141,5 g, 56%). [Opaska: ako reakcija nije završena nakon 20 sati, dodaju se jedan za drugim još jedan dio dimetilamin hidroklorida (13 g, 0,16 mol) i trietilamina (43,4 g, 0,43 mol). Nakon 2 sata na sobnoj temperaturi doda se natrij triacetoksiborohidrid (46 g, 0,22 mol). Smjesa se ostavi narednih 20 sati i zatim se nastavi s postupkom koji je gore opisan]. A solution of the product formed in the preparation of 30 (200 g, 0.78 mol) in DCM (1.4 L) was added to THF (1.4 L). Dimethylamine hydrochloride (69.5 g, 0.85 mol) and triethylamine (235 g, 2.33 mol) are added to this mixture one after the other. The temperature is adjusted to 20 °C and after 3 hours sodium triacetoxyborohydride (246 g, 1.16 mol) is added (after 20 hours, if the reaction is complete, continue with the procedure; if not, see note below). Dichloromethane (2 L) is added, and a solution of 8% sodium bicarbonate (0.9 L) is added over a period of 0.5 hours. The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with water (1 L). The layers are separated once more, and the organic layer is concentrated. Ethyl acetate (0.27 L) was added and the solvent was removed by squeezing with fresh ethyl acetate (800 mL). The solution was then cooled to below 5 °C and 7.02 M HCl/IPA (0.117 L, 0.82 mol) was added maintaining the temperature below 10 °C. After stirring for 1 hour at below 5 °C, the thick solution was filtered, washed with ethyl acetate (3 x 0.2 L) and dried in a vacuum oven at 50 °C overnight to give the desired product as a powdery solid (141.5 g, 56%). [Note: If the reaction is not complete after 20 hours, another portion of dimethylamine hydrochloride (13 g, 0.16 mol) and triethylamine (43.4 g, 0.43 mol) are added one after the other. After 2 hours at room temperature, sodium triacetoxyborohydride (46 g, 0.22 mol) was added. The mixture is left for the next 20 hours and then the procedure described above is continued].

Spojevi prikazani formulom Ii, tj. spojevi prikazani općom formulom I gdje R2 je metil, R4 je vodik i R5 je -C (=O)NH2, prikazani u tablici 11, dobivaju se prema postupku iz primjera 79 iz naznačenih prekursora. The compounds shown by the formula Ii, i.e. the compounds shown by the general formula I where R2 is methyl, R4 is hydrogen and R5 is -C (=O)NH2, shown in table 11, are obtained according to the procedure of example 79 from the indicated precursors.

[image] [image]

Tablica 11 Table 11

[image] [image]

PRIMJER 103 EXAMPLE 103

N-{5-amino-2-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]benzil}-N,N-dimetilamin N-{5-amino-2-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]benzyl}-N,N-dimethylamine

[image] [image]

Smjesa nitro spoja iz primjera 27 (2,0 g, 6 mmol), prah željeza (2,51 g, 44,9 mmol) i CaCl2 (300 mg, 2,7 mmol) u EtOH (20 mL) i vodi (4 mL) zagrijava se uz povrat tijekom 20 sati. Nakon hlađenja na sobnu temperaturu otapalo se ukloni u vakuum, a. talog se razdjeli između otopine soli (100 mL) i etera (100 mL). Vodeni sloj se ekstrahira s eterom (50 mL), a spojeni organski slojevi se osuše (MgSO4) i upare dajući produkt (1,47 g, 81%) u obliku narančastog ulja; δH (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 2,22 (6H, s), 2,32 (3H, s), 2,40 (3H, s), 3,33 (2H, s), 6,59 (1H, dd), 6,60-6,75 (2H, m), 6,78 (1H, dd), 6,94 (1H, s), 7,10-7,20 (3H, m); MS m/z (ES+) 303 (MH+). A mixture of the nitro compound from Example 27 (2.0 g, 6 mmol), iron powder (2.51 g, 44.9 mmol) and CaCl2 (300 mg, 2.7 mmol) in EtOH (20 mL) and water (4 mL) is heated under reflux for 20 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was removed in vacuo, and the precipitate was partitioned between salt solution (100 mL) and ether (100 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ether (50 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 ) and evaporated to give the product (1.47 g, 81%) as an orange oil; δH (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 2.22 (6H, s), 2.32 (3H, s), 2.40 (3H, s), 3.33 (2H, s), 6.59 (1H, dd ), 6.60-6.75 (2H, m), 6.78 (1H, dd), 6.94 (1H, s), 7.10-7.20 (3H, m); MS m/z (ES+) 303 (MH+).

PRIMJER 104 EXAMPLE 104

N-[5-amino-2-(2,3-dihidro-1-benzotien-5-iloksi)benzil]-N,N-dimetilamin N-[5-amino-2-(2,3-dihydro-1-benzothien-5-yloxy)benzyl]-N,N-dimethylamine

[image] [image]

Spoj u naslovu dobije se iz nitro spoja iz primjera 28 prema postupku opisanom u primjeru 103; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 2,20 (6H, s), 3,16 (2H, t), 3,30 (4H, m), 3,54 (2H, br), 6,53 (1H, dd), 6,60 (1H, d), 6,71 (2H, m), 6,79 (1H, d), 7,01 (1H, d); MS m/z (ES+) 301 (MH+). The title compound is obtained from the nitro compound from Example 28 according to the procedure described in Example 103; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 2.20 (6H, s), 3.16 (2H, t), 3.30 (4H, m), 3.54 (2H, br), 6.53 (1H, dd ), 6.60 (1H, d), 6.71 (2H, m), 6.79 (1H, d), 7.01 (1H, d); MS m/z (ES+) 301 (MH+).

PRIMJER 105 EXAMPLE 105

N-[3-(aminometil)-4-(2,3-dihidro-1,4-benzoksatiin-6-iloksi)fenil]-metansulfonamid N-[3-(aminomethyl)-4-(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzoxathin-6-yloxy)phenyl]-methanesulfonamide

[image] [image]

Nitril nastao u dobivanju 95 (720 mg, 1,99 mmol) otopi se u 1 M otopini BH3.THF u THF (10 mL, 10 mmol) i smjesa se zagrijava uz povrat tijekom 3 sata. Nakon hlađenja na sobnu temperaturu reakcija u smjesi se zaustavi pažljivim dodavanjem MeOH (10 mL). Otapalo se upari, talog se tretira s 6M HCl (10 mL) i zagrijava uz povrat tijekom 1 sata. Nakon hlađenja, smjesa se zaluži s 2M NaOH, a pH se podesi na 7 pomoću zasićene vodene otopine NH4Cl. Smjesa se ekstrahira s EtOAc (3x50 mL) i DCM (2x50 mL), a spojeni organski slojevi se osuše (MgSO4) i upare dajući pjenu bež boje (685 mg, 94%) koja se upotrijebi bez daljnjeg pročišćavanja; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 3,00 (3H, s), 3,13 (2H, m), 3,87 (2H, s), 4,40 (2H, m), 6,62 (1H, d), 6,67 (1H, s), 6,79 (2H, d), 7,08 1H, d), 7,25 (1H, d); MS m/z (TS+) 367 (MH+). The nitrile formed to give 95 (720 mg, 1.99 mmol) was dissolved in a 1 M solution of BH3.THF in THF (10 mL, 10 mmol) and the mixture was heated at reflux for 3 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction in the mixture was stopped by careful addition of MeOH (10 mL). The solvent is evaporated, the residue is treated with 6M HCl (10 mL) and heated at reflux for 1 hour. After cooling, the mixture is basified with 2M NaOH, and the pH is adjusted to 7 using a saturated aqueous solution of NH4Cl. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3x50 mL) and DCM (2x50 mL), and the combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give a beige foam (685 mg, 94%) which was used without further purification; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 3.00 (3H, s), 3.13 (2H, m), 3.87 (2H, s), 4.40 (2H, m), 6.62 (1H, d ), 6.67 (1H, s), 6.79 (2H, d), 7.08 1H, d), 7.25 (1H, d); MS m/z (TS+) 367 (MH+).

Spojevi prikazani formulom Ij, tj. spojevi prikazani općom formulom I gdje R1, R2 i R4 su vodik, a R5 je –NR8-SO2Me, prikazani u tablici 12, dobivaju se prema postupku iz primjera 105 iz naznačenih prekursora. Compounds shown by formula Ij, i.e. compounds shown by general formula I where R1, R2 and R4 are hydrogen, and R5 is –NR8-SO2Me, shown in table 12, are obtained according to the procedure from example 105 from the indicated precursors.

[image] [image]

Tablica 12 Table 12

[image] [image]

PRIMJER 110 EXAMPLE 110

N-{4-(2,3-dihidro-1,4-benzoksatiin-6-iloksi)-3-[(metilamino)metil]fenil}-metansulfonamid N-{4-(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzoxathin-6-yloxy)-3-[(methylamino)methyl]phenyl}-methanesulfonamide

[image] [image]

U otopinu pentafluorofenola (413 mg, 2,24 mmol) u eteru (10 mL) doda se dicikloheksilkarbodiimid (460 mg, 2,23 mmol), a nakon njega mravlja kiselina (95 μL, 2,5 mmol). Smjesa se miješa tijekom 2 sata i zatim profiltrira, ispirući talog s eterom. Filtrat se ukoncentrira na ~5 mL i doda se otopina primarnog amina iz primjera 105 (411 mg, 1,1 mmol) u DCM (10 mL). Smjesa se miješa tijekom 16 sati, a zatim ukoncentrira u uljasti ostatak. Nastalo ulje se prenese u otopinu BH3.THF u THF (1 M, 20 mL, 20 mmol) i zagrije uz povrat tijekom 1,5 sati u atmosferi N2. Nakon hlađenja na sobnu temperaturu reakcija u smjesi se zaustavi pažljivim dodavanjem MeOH (10 mL) i zatim se smjesa ukoncentrira u vakuumu. Uljasti ostatak se tretira s 6M HCl i zagrije uz povrat tijekom 30 minuta. Nakon hlađenja na sobnu temperaturu smjesa se zaluži s vodenom otopinom K2CO3 i ekstrahira s DCM (3x). Spojeni organski ekstrakti se osuše (MgSO4) i upare. Talog se pročisti kromatografijom na koloni [SiO2; 90:10:1 (DCM/MeOH/880 NH3)] dajući bezbojno ulje koje se prenese u EtOAc (20 mL) i tretira s 1 M HCl u eteru (2 mL). Nakon miješanja tijekom 1,5 sati krutina se prikupi filtracijom čime se dobiva produkt u naslovu (282 mg, 60%); δH (CD3OD, 400 MHz) 2,78 (3H, s), 2,98 (3H, s), 3,18 (2H, m), 4,29 (2H, s), 4,39 (2H, m), 6.74 (1H, d), 6,80-6,90 (3H, m), 7,22 (1H, d), 7,44 (1H, s); MS m/z (TS+) 381 (MH+). Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (460 mg, 2.23 mmol) was added to a solution of pentafluorophenol (413 mg, 2.24 mmol) in ether (10 mL), followed by formic acid (95 μL, 2.5 mmol). The mixture is stirred for 2 hours and then filtered, washing the precipitate with ether. The filtrate was concentrated to ~5 mL and a solution of the primary amine from Example 105 (411 mg, 1.1 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added. The mixture is stirred for 16 hours and then concentrated into an oily residue. The resulting oil was transferred to a solution of BH3.THF in THF (1 M, 20 mL, 20 mmol) and heated at reflux for 1.5 hours under N2 atmosphere. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction in the mixture was stopped by the careful addition of MeOH (10 mL) and then the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The oily residue is treated with 6M HCl and heated at reflux for 30 minutes. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture is basified with aqueous K2CO3 and extracted with DCM (3x). The combined organic extracts are dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. The precipitate is purified by column chromatography [SiO2; 90:10:1 (DCM/MeOH/880 NH3)] to give a colorless oil which was taken up in EtOAc (20 mL) and treated with 1 M HCl in ether (2 mL). After stirring for 1.5 hours, the solid was collected by filtration to give the title product (282 mg, 60%); δH (CD3OD, 400 MHz) 2.78 (3H, s), 2.98 (3H, s), 3.18 (2H, m), 4.29 (2H, s), 4.39 (2H, m ), 6.74 (1H, d), 6.80-6.90 (3H, m), 7.22 (1H, d), 7.44 (1H, s); MS m/z (TS+) 381 (MH+).

Spojevi prikazani formulom Ik, tj. spojevi prikazani općom formulom I gdje R1 i R4 su vodik, R2 je metil, a R5 je -NHSO2Me, prikazani u tablici 13, dobivaju se prema postupku iz primjera 110 iz naznačenih prekursora. Compounds shown by formula Ik, i.e. compounds shown by general formula I where R1 and R4 are hydrogen, R2 is methyl, and R5 is -NHSO2Me, shown in table 13, are obtained according to the procedure from example 110 from the indicated precursors.

[image] [image]

Tablica 13 Table 13

[image] [image]

Spojevi prikazani formulom Im, tj. spojevi prikazani općom formulom I gdje R1 i R4 su vodik, R2 je metil, a R5 je -NR8SO2Me, prikazani u tablici 14, dobivaju se prema postupku iz primjera 110 iz naznačenih prekursora. The compounds shown by the formula Im, i.e. the compounds shown by the general formula I where R1 and R4 are hydrogen, R2 is methyl, and R5 is -NR8SO2Me, shown in table 14, are obtained according to the procedure from example 110 from the indicated precursors.

[image] [image]

Tablica 14 Table 14

[image] a-također dobiveni iz spoja iz primjera 108 prema postupku it primjera 110. [image] a-also obtained from the compound from example 108 according to the procedure of example 110.

Spojevi prikazani formulom In, tj. spojevi prikazani općom formulom I gdje R1 i R2 su metil, R4 je vodik, a R5 je -NR8SO2Me, prikazani u tablici 15, dobivaju se prema postupku iz primjera 12 iz naznačenih prekursora. The compounds shown by the formula In, i.e. the compounds shown by the general formula I where R1 and R2 are methyl, R4 is hydrogen, and R5 is -NR8SO2Me, shown in table 15, are obtained according to the procedure of example 12 from the indicated precursors.

[image] [image]

Tablica 15 Table 15

[image] [image] [image] [image]

PRIMJER 128 EXAMPLE 128

N-{3-[(dimetilamino)metil}-4-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-fenil}-metansulfonamid N-{3-[(dimethylamino)methyl}-4-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-phenyl}-methanesulfonamide

[image] [image]

U otopinu anilina iz primjera 103 (725 mg, 2.4 mmol) i Et3N (1 mL, 7,17 mmol) u DCM (10 mL) doda se metansulfonil klorid (371 μL, 4,79 mmol) na 0 °C. Nakon miješanja na 0 °C tijekom 1 sat reakcijska smjesa se ostavi da se zagrije na sobnu temperaturu prije nego se otapalo ukloni u vakuumu. U talog se doda se 2M NaOH (10 mL) i smjesa se miješa preko noći. Nastali bistra otopina se neutralizira dodatkom zasićene vodene otopine NH4Cl i ekstrahira s DCM (2x30 mL). Spojeni organski slojevi se osuše (MgSO4) i upare dajući ulje. Ulje se prenese u EtOAc (10 mL), i HCl sol se istaloži dodatkom 1M HCl u eteru, a produkt (669 mg, 67%) se prikupi filtracijom; δH (d6-DMSO, 400 MHz) 2,23 (3H, s), 2,42 (3H, s), 2,75 (6H, s), 3,04 (3H, s), 4,38 (2H, s), 6,84 (1H, d), 6,93 (1H, d), 6,98 (1H, s), 7,17-7,25 (2H, m), 7,50 (1H, s); MS m/z (ES+) 381 (MH+). To a solution of aniline from Example 103 (725 mg, 2.4 mmol) and Et3N (1 mL, 7.17 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added methanesulfonyl chloride (371 μL, 4.79 mmol) at 0 °C. After stirring at 0 °C for 1 hour, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature before the solvent was removed in vacuo. 2M NaOH (10 mL) was added to the precipitate and the mixture was stirred overnight. The resulting clear solution is neutralized by the addition of a saturated aqueous solution of NH4Cl and extracted with DCM (2x30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give an oil. The oil was taken up in EtOAc (10 mL), and the HCl salt was precipitated by adding 1M HCl in ether, and the product (669 mg, 67%) was collected by filtration; δH (d6-DMSO, 400 MHz) 2.23 (3H, s), 2.42 (3H, s), 2.75 (6H, s), 3.04 (3H, s), 4.38 (2H , s), 6.84 (1H, d), 6.93 (1H, d), 6.98 (1H, s), 7.17-7.25 (2H, m), 7.50 (1H, with); MS m/z (ES+) 381 (MH+).

Spojevi prikazani formulom Ip, tj. spojevi prikazani općom formulom I gdje R1 i R2 su metil, R4 je vodik, a R5 je -NHSO2R9, prikazani u tablici 16, dobivaju se prema postupku iz primjera 128 iz naznačenih prekursora. Compounds shown by formula Ip, i.e. compounds shown by general formula I where R1 and R2 are methyl, R4 is hydrogen, and R5 is -NHSO2R9, shown in table 16, are obtained according to the procedure from example 128 from the indicated precursors.

[image] [image]

Tablica 16 Table 16

[image] [image]

DOBIVANJA RECEIVING

DOBIVANJE 1 OBTAINING 1

5-(aminosulfonil)-2-fluoro-N-metilbenzamid 5-(aminosulfonyl)-2-fluoro-N-methylbenzamide

[image] [image]

U otopinu 5-(aminosulfonil)-2-fluorobenzojeve kiseline [dobivene prema Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1995, 43, 582-7] (22,98 g, 105 mmol) u THF (500 mL) na sobnoj temperaturi u atmosferi dušika doda se karbonildiimidazol (17 g, 105 mmol). Nakon miješanja tijekom 2,25 sata doda se u obrocima otopina metilamina u THF (2M, 70 mL, 140 mmol), a reakcijska smjesa se nastavi miješati 18 sati.Sirova reakcijska smjesa se ukoncentrira na mali volumen i u nastalo gusto ulje doda se EtOAc (150 mL). Nastala smjesa se miješa te nastaje granulirani precipitat koji se prikupi filtracijom. Nastali sirovi produkt, onečišćen s imidazolom, suspendira se u DCM (300 mL) i zagrije uz povrat tijekom 5 sati. Nakon hlađenja na sobnu temperaturu smjesa se profiltrira dajući željeni produkt (19,8 g, 81%) koji sadrži <2% maseni udio imidazola; 1H NMR δH (300 MHz, d4-MeOH) 2,97 (3H, s), 7,40 (1H, t), 8,05 (1H, m), 8,29 (1H, d); MS m/z (TS+) 250 (MNH4+). In a solution of 5-(aminosulfonyl)-2-fluorobenzoic acid [obtained according to Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1995, 43, 582-7] (22.98 g, 105 mmol) in THF (500 mL) at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere was added carbonyldiimidazole (17 g, 105 mmol). After stirring for 2.25 hours, a solution of methylamine in THF (2M, 70 mL, 140 mmol) was added in portions, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 18 hours. The crude reaction mixture was concentrated to a small volume and EtOAc ( 150 mL). The resulting mixture is mixed and a granular precipitate is formed, which is collected by filtration. The resulting crude product, contaminated with imidazole, was suspended in DCM (300 mL) and heated at reflux for 5 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was filtered to give the desired product (19.8 g, 81%) containing <2% by weight of imidazole; 1H NMR δH (300 MHz, d4-MeOH) 2.97 (3H, s), 7.40 (1H, t), 8.05 (1H, m), 8.29 (1H, d); MS m/z (TS+) 250 (MNH4+).

DOBIVANJE 2 GETTING 2

3-kloro-4-(metilsulfanil)fenol 3-chloro-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenol

[image] [image]

Dobivanje 2-kloro-1-(metilsulfanil)-4-nitrobenzena Preparation of 2-chloro-1-(methylsulfanyl)-4-nitrobenzene

U otopinu 4-fluoro-3-kloronitrobenzena (27 g, 156 mmol) u DMF (150 mL) na sobnoj temperaturi doda se 5-terc-butil-4-hidroksi-2-metilfenil sulfid (100 mg), a nakon njega natrij tiometoksid (NaSMe) (10 g, 143 mmol) i reakcijska smjesa se miješa tijekom 6 sati.DMF se ukloni u vakuumu, a talog se razdjeli između etera (1 L) i vode (1 L). Eterski sloj se ispere s vodom (1 L) i otopinom soli (1 L), osuši (MgSO4), a otapalo se ukloni pod sniženim tlakom. Talog se pročisti kromatografijom na koloni (SiO2; DCM:pentane 1:5 povećavajući polarnost do 3:7) dajući spoj u naslovu (15,22 g, 49%) u obliku žute krutine; δH (400 MHz, CDCl3) 2,53 (3H, s), 7,20 (1H, d), 8,09 (1H, dd), 8,20 (1H, d). 5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-2-methylphenyl sulfide (100 mg) is added to a solution of 4-fluoro-3-chloronitrobenzene (27 g, 156 mmol) in DMF (150 mL) at room temperature, followed by sodium thiomethoxide (NaSMe) (10 g, 143 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 6 h. The DMF was removed in vacuo and the precipitate was partitioned between ether (1 L) and water (1 L). The ether layer was washed with water (1 L) and brine (1 L), dried (MgSO4), and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2; DCM:pentane 1:5 increasing polarity to 3:7) to give the title compound (15.22 g, 49%) as a yellow solid; δH (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 2.53 (3H, s), 7.20 (1H, d), 8.09 (1H, dd), 8.20 (1H, d).

Dobivanje 3-kloro-4-(metilsulfanil)anilina Preparation of 3-chloro-4-(methylsulfanyl)aniline

U smjesu gore navedenog spoja (14,08 g, 69 mmol) u octenoj kiselini (300 mL) i vodi (60 mL) doda se prah željeza (23 g, 412 mmol) i reakcijska smjesa se miješa dok se sav polazni matrijal ne otopi. Smjesa se ostavi stajati 1,5 sati i nakon toga se octena kiselina ukloni pod sniženim pritiskom. Talog se prenese u zasićenu vodenu otopinu NaHCO3 (500 mL) i EtOAc (500 mL) te profiltrira kroz Arbocel®. Slojevi se razdvoje, vodena faza se ekstrahira s EtOAc (300 mL), a spojene organske faze se isperu s otopinom soli, osuše (MgSO4), otapalo se ukloni u vakuumu čime se dobiva spoj u naslovu (11,52 g, 96%) u obliku krutine bež boje; δH (400 MHz, CDCl3) 2,38 (3H, s), 3,66 (2H, br), 6,53 (1H, dd), 6,70 (1H, d), 7,12 (1H, d); MS m/z (ES+) 174 (MH+). Iron powder (23 g, 412 mmol) was added to a mixture of the above compound (14.08 g, 69 mmol) in acetic acid (300 mL) and water (60 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred until all the starting material was dissolved. . The mixture is left to stand for 1.5 hours and then the acetic acid is removed under reduced pressure. The precipitate was taken up in a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 (500 mL) and EtOAc (500 mL) and filtered through Arbocel®. The layers were separated, the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (300 mL), and the combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried (MgSO 4 ), the solvent removed in vacuo to give the title compound (11.52 g, 96%) in the form of a beige solid; δH (400 MHz, CDCl3) 2.38 (3H, s), 3.66 (2H, br), 6.53 (1H, dd), 6.70 (1H, d), 7.12 (1H, d ); MS m/z (ES+) 174 (MH+).

Dobivanje 3-kloro-4-(metilsulfanil)fenola Preparation of 3-chloro-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenol

Gore navedeni anilin (11,5 g, 66,2 mmol) otopi se u minimalnoj količini THF (~15 mL) te se doda voda (500 mL) uz snažno miješanje, a nakon vode doda se koncentrirana H2SO4 (25 mL). Smjesa se ohladi u ledeno vodenoj kupelji i uz pomoć pipete ispod površine reakcijske smjese doda se otopina NaNO2 (5,0 g, 72,5 mmol) u ledenoj vodi (10 mL). Reakcijska smjesa se miješa na 0 °C tijekom 1,5 sati, a nastala žuto/smeđa otopina se odlije od preostale krutine u lijevak za odjeljivanje koji sadrži led (~200 g). Ta otopina se jednoličnom brzinom doda u vremenu od 7 minuta u smjesu Cu(NO3)2 (230 g, 0,99 mol) i Cu2O (8,52 g, 67,4 mmol) u vodi (1 L) na sobnoj temperaturi uz snažno miješanje. Nakon što se završi dodavanje smjesa se miješa sljedećih 15 minuta prije ekstrakcije s eterom (500 mL). Preostala crveno/smeđa krutina u reakcijskoj tikvici prenese se u MeOH (100 mL) i razrijedi s eterom (300 mL) prije nego se izlije u gore u tkstu navedeni vodeni sloj. Eterski sloj se razdijeli, a spojeni organski slojevi se ekstrahiraju s 1M NaOH (3 x 100 mL). Vodeni ekstrakti se zakisele s koncentriranom HCl i zatim ekstrahiraju s eterom (2 x 150 mL). Eterski slojevi se tada isperu s otopinom soli, osuše (MgSO4) i otapalo se ukloni u vakuumu dajući fenol (5,465 g, 47%) u obliku smeđe kristalične krutine; δH (400 MHz, CDCl3) 2,44 (3H, s), 5,08 (1H, br), 6,77 (1H, d), 6,93 (1H, d), 7,18 (1H, d); MS m/z (ES-) 173 (M-H+). The above aniline (11.5 g, 66.2 mmol) was dissolved in a minimal amount of THF (~15 mL) and water (500 mL) was added with vigorous stirring, followed by concentrated H2SO4 (25 mL). The mixture was cooled in an ice-water bath and a solution of NaNO2 (5.0 g, 72.5 mmol) in ice water (10 mL) was added below the surface of the reaction mixture using a pipette. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1.5 h, and the resulting yellow/brown solution was poured from the remaining solid into a separatory funnel containing ice (~200 g). This solution was added at a uniform rate over a period of 7 minutes to a mixture of Cu(NO3)2 (230 g, 0.99 mol) and Cu2O (8.52 g, 67.4 mmol) in water (1 L) at room temperature with vigorous mixing. After the addition was complete, the mixture was stirred for a further 15 minutes before extraction with ether (500 mL). The red/brown solid remaining in the reaction flask was taken up in MeOH (100 mL) and diluted with ether (300 mL) before being poured into the above aqueous layer. The ether layer was separated and the combined organic layers were extracted with 1M NaOH (3 x 100 mL). The aqueous extracts were acidified with concentrated HCl and then extracted with ether (2 x 150 mL). The ether layers were then washed with brine, dried (MgSO 4 ) and the solvent removed in vacuo to give phenol (5.465 g, 47%) as a brown crystalline solid; δH (400 MHz, CDCl3) 2.44 (3H, s), 5.08 (1H, br), 6.77 (1H, d), 6.93 (1H, d), 7.18 (1H, d ); MS m/z (ES-) 173 (M-H+).

DOBIVANJE 3 OBTAINING 3

3-fluoro-4-(metilsufanil)fenol 3-fluoro-4-(methylsuphanyl)phenol

[image] [image]

Ovaj spoj se dobiva upotebom sličnog postupka kao onom opisanom gore u dobivanju 2 polazeći od komercijalno dostupnog 3,4-difluoronitrobenzena; δH (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 2,40 (3H, s), 5,03 (1H, br), 6,60 (2H, m), 7,27 (1H, m prikriven); MS m/z (ES-) 157 (M-H+). This compound is obtained using a similar procedure to that described above in the preparation of 2 starting from commercially available 3,4-difluoronitrobenzene; δH (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz) 2.40 (3H, s), 5.03 (1H, br), 6.60 (2H, m), 7.27 (1H, m obscured); MS m/z (ES-) 157 (M-H+).

DOBIVANJE 4 OBTAINING 4

2,3-dihidro-1,4-benzoksatiin-6-ol 2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzoxathiin-6-ol

[image] [image]

1,2-dibromoetan (2,3 mL, 26,7 mmol) i K2CO3 (8,21 g, 59,4 mmol) razmute se u acetonu (250 mL) i doda se otopina 2-sulfanil-1,4-benzendiol (dobivena prema J. Org. Chem. 1990, 55, 2736) (4,22 g, 29,7 mmol) u acetonu (50 mL) za vrijeme od 4 sata uz miješanje smjese. Kada se dodavanje završi miješanje se nastavi sljedećih 10 sati prije nego se otapalo ukloni u vakuumu. Talog se razdjeli između vode (50 mL) i EtOAc (50 mL), vodeni sloj se ekstrahira s EtOAc (50 mL), a spojeni organski slojevi se osuše (MgSO4) i upare. Pročišćavanjem taloga kromatografijom na koloni [SiO2; 9:1 (pentan/EtOAc)] dobiva se spoj u naslovu (2,48 g, 55%) u obliku blijedo narančastog ulja; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 3,08 (2H, m), 4,31 (2H, m), 4,44 (1H, s), 6,42 (1H, d), 6,49 (1H, s), 6,66 (1H, d); MS m/z (ES-) 167 (M-H+). 1,2-Dibromoethane (2.3 mL, 26.7 mmol) and K2CO3 (8.21 g, 59.4 mmol) were dissolved in acetone (250 mL) and a solution of 2-sulfanyl-1,4-benzenediol was added. (obtained according to J. Org. Chem. 1990, 55, 2736) (4.22 g, 29.7 mmol) in acetone (50 mL) for 4 hours while stirring the mixture. When the addition is complete, stirring is continued for another 10 hours before the solvent is removed in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between water (50 mL) and EtOAc (50 mL), the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL), and the combined organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 ) and evaporated. Purification of the precipitate by column chromatography [SiO2; 9:1 (pentane/EtOAc)] afforded the title compound (2.48 g, 55%) as a pale orange oil; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 3.08 (2H, m), 4.31 (2H, m), 4.44 (1H, s), 6.42 (1H, d), 6.49 (1H, s ), 6.66 (1H, d); MS m/z (ES-) 167 (M-H+).

DOBIVANJE 5 OBTAINING 5

2,3-dihidro-1,4-benzoksatiin-7-ol 2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzoxathiin-7-ol

[image] [image]

Spoj u naslovu se dobije prema sličnom postupku kao i spoj iz dobivanja 4 polazeći od 4-sulfanil-1,3-benzendiola (dobiven prema J. Org. Chem. 1979, 26, 4971-4973); δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 3,05 (2H, t), 4,37 (2H, t), 6,32 (1H, s), 6,35 (1H, d), 6,84 (1H, d); MS m/z (TS+) 169 (MH+). The title compound is obtained according to a similar procedure as the compound from the preparation of 4 starting from 4-sulfanyl-1,3-benzenediol (obtained according to J. Org. Chem. 1979, 26, 4971-4973); δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 3.05 (2H, t), 4.37 (2H, t), 6.32 (1H, s), 6.35 (1H, d), 6.84 (1H, d ); MS m/z (TS+) 169 (MH+).

DOBIVANJE 6 OBTAINING 6

1,3-dihidro-2-benzofuran-5-ol 1,3-dihydro-2-benzofuran-5-ol

[image] [image]

1,3-dihidro-2-benzofuran-5-amin (dobiven prema US4000286) (2,7 g, 20 mmol) otopi se u smjesi vode (300 mL) i koncentrirane H2SO4 (21 mL), ohladi na 0 °C te se doda NaNO2 (1,43 g, 20,7 mmol) u vodi (10 mL) u vremenu od 15 minuta. Nakon miješanja na 0 °C tijekom 1 sata, smjesa se nastavi miješati na 10 °C tijekom 30 minuta, te se doda ureja dok se ne dobije negativni rezultat testa sa škrob/KI papirom. Otopina se tada izlije tijekom 2 minute u smjesu vode (180 mL) i koncentrirane H2SO4 (12,6 mL) na 90 °C i miješa se na toj temperaturi tijekom 1,5 sati. Vruća smjesa se zatim profiltrira i ostavi da se ohladi na sobnu temperaturu. Vodena smjesa se ekstrahira s EtOAc (2 x 100 mL) i spojeni organski slojevi se osuše (MgSO4) i upare dajući fenol iz naslova (974 mg, 36%) u obliku kremaste krutine; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 5,03 (4H, s), 6,71 (2H, m), 7,08 (1H, d). 1,3-dihydro-2-benzofuran-5-amine (obtained according to US4000286) (2.7 g, 20 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of water (300 mL) and concentrated H2SO4 (21 mL), cooled to 0 °C and NaNO2 (1.43 g, 20.7 mmol) in water (10 mL) was added over 15 minutes. After stirring at 0 °C for 1 hour, the mixture is continued to stir at 10 °C for 30 minutes, and urea is added until a negative starch/KI paper test result is obtained. The solution was then poured over 2 minutes into a mixture of water (180 mL) and concentrated H2SO4 (12.6 mL) at 90 °C and stirred at that temperature for 1.5 hours. The hot mixture is then filtered and allowed to cool to room temperature. The aqueous mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 100 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 ) and evaporated to give the title phenol (974 mg, 36%) as a cream solid; δH (CDCl 3 , 400 MHz) 5.03 (4H, s), 6.71 (2H, m), 7.08 (1H, d).

DOBIVANJE 7 OBTAINING 7

2,3-dihidro-1-benzotiofen-6-ol 2,3-dihydro-1-benzothiophen-6-ol

[image] [image]

dobivanje 2,3-dihidro-1-benzotiofen-6-ol 1,1-dioksid obtaining 2,3-dihydro-1-benzothiophen-6-ol 1,1-dioxide

Suspenzija 2,3-dihidro-1-benzotiofen-6-amin 1,1-dioksid [dobiven prema J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1955, 77, 5939] (15,73 g, 85,8 mmol) u vodi (500 mL) i koncentriranoj H2SO4 (35 mL) zagrijava se dok se ne dobije otopina. Smjesa se ohladi na 0 °C i zatim se doda otopina NaNO2 (6,22 g, 90 mmol) u vodi (15 mL) u vremenu od 5 minuta. Reakcijska smjesa se miješa na 0 °C tijekom 1 sata i zatim se doda ureja, kako bi se uklonio višak nitrita, dok se ne dobije negativni rezultat testa sa škrob/KI papirom. Smjesa se ostavi da se zagrije na sobnu temperaturu i zatim se doda uz miješanje u smjesu koncentrirane H2SO4 (55 mL) i vode (750 mL) na 90° C. Reakcijska smjesa se ponovo zagrije na 90 °C i miješa na toj temperaturi tijekom 30 minuta. Vruća reakcijska smjesa se profiltrira kroz Arbocel® i zatim mjiješa na sobnoj temperaturi preko noći. Vodena smjesa se ekstrahira s eterom (2,5 L), nakon toga s EtOAc (5 x 500 mL), a spojeni organski slojevi se osuše (MgSO4) i upare dajući željeni fenol (12,7 g, 80%) koji se upotrijebi bez daljnjeg pročišćavanja; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 3,30 (2H, m), 3,50 (2H, m), 7,05 (1H, m), 7,14 (1H, s), 7,23 (1H, m); MS m/z (ES-) 183 (M-H+). A suspension of 2,3-dihydro-1-benzothiophene-6-amine 1,1-dioxide [obtained according to J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1955, 77, 5939] (15.73 g, 85.8 mmol) in water (500 mL) and concentrated H2SO4 (35 mL) was heated until a solution was obtained. The mixture was cooled to 0 °C and then a solution of NaNO2 (6.22 g, 90 mmol) in water (15 mL) was added over 5 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 hour and then urea was added to remove excess nitrite until a negative starch/KI paper test result was obtained. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and then added with stirring to a mixture of concentrated H2SO4 (55 mL) and water (750 mL) at 90 °C. The reaction mixture was reheated to 90 °C and stirred at that temperature for 30 minute. The hot reaction mixture is filtered through Arbocel® and then stirred at room temperature overnight. The aqueous mixture was extracted with ether (2.5 L), then with EtOAc (5 x 500 mL), and the combined organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 ) and evaporated to give the desired phenol (12.7 g, 80%) which was used without further purification; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 3.30 (2H, m), 3.50 (2H, m), 7.05 (1H, m), 7.14 (1H, s), 7.23 (1H, m ); MS m/z (ES-) 183 (M-H+).

dobivanje 2,3-dihidro-1-benzotiofen-6-ola obtaining 2,3-dihydro-1-benzothiophen-6-ol

Otopina sulfona iz stupnja (i) (4,84 g, 26,3 mmol) u toluenu (100 mL) i THF (70 mL) doda se u otopinu DIBAL u toluenu (1M, 100 mL, 100 mmol) i smjesa se tada zagrijava uz povrat tijekom 16 sati. Nakon hlađenja na sobnu temperaturu pažljivo se doda EtOH (75 mL), a nakon njega voda (100 mL) uz miješanje. U nastalu gustu suspenziju doda se 6M HCl i organski sloj se odijeli. Vodeni sloj se ekstrahira s EtOAc (3 x 150 mL), a spojeni organski slojevi se osuše (MgSO4) i upare dajući krutinu bež boje. Pročišćavanjem kromatografijom na koloni [SiO2; DCM/MeOH/880 NH3 (97:3:0,25) povećavajući polarnost do (95:5:0,5)] čime se dobiva željeni fenol iz naslova u obliku krutine bež boje (1,85 g, 53%); δH (CD3OD, 400 MHz) 3,13 (2H, t), 3,30 (2H, m), 6,41 (1H, d), 6,60 (1H, s), 6,98 (1H, d); MS m/z (ES-) 151 (M-H+). A solution of the sulfone from step (i) (4.84 g, 26.3 mmol) in toluene (100 mL) and THF (70 mL) was added to a solution of DIBAL in toluene (1M, 100 mL, 100 mmol) and the mixture was then heats with return for 16 hours. After cooling to room temperature, carefully add EtOH (75 mL), followed by water (100 mL) with stirring. 6M HCl is added to the resulting thick suspension and the organic layer is separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 150 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give a beige solid. Purification by column chromatography [SiO2; DCM/MeOH/880 NH3 (97:3:0.25) increasing the polarity to (95:5:0.5)] to give the desired title phenol as a beige solid (1.85 g, 53%); δH (CD3OD, 400 MHz) 3.13 (2H, t), 3.30 (2H, m), 6.41 (1H, d), 6.60 (1H, s), 6.98 (1H, d ); MS m/z (ES-) 151 (M-H+).

DOBIVANJE 8 OBTAINING 8

5-(aminosulfonil)-2-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-N-metilbenzamid 5-(aminosulfonyl)-2-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-N-methylbenzamide

[image] [image]

Fluoroamid nastao u dobivanju 1 (732 mg, 3,15 mmol) tretira se s 4-(metiltio)-m-krezolom (komercijalno dostupan) (535 mg, 3,47 mmol) i kalij karbonatom (457 mg, 3,31 mmol) u DMF (10 mL). Smjesa se zagrijava na 100 °C tijekom 5 sati. Otapalo se ukloni uparavanjem pod sniženim tlakom, a talog se tretira s 2M HCl (10 mL). Nastala suspenzija se ekstrahira nekoliko puta s diklorometanom. Spojeni diklorometan slojevi koji sadrže suspenziju upare se dajući kruti ostatak. Talog se triturira s eterom (5 mL), a preostala krutina se ispere s eterom (3x10 mL) dajući sivo bijelu krutinu (765 mg, 66%). δH (300 MHz, d6-DMSO) 2,28 (3H, s), 2,48 (3H, s), 2,70 (3H, d), 6,90 (1H, d), 7,02 (1H, d), 7,03 (1H, s), 7,30 (1H, d), 7,35 (2H, s), 7,79 (1H, d), 8,10 (1H, d), 8,30 (1H, m); MS m/z (TS+) 367 (MH+), 385 (MNH4+). The fluoroamide formed in preparation 1 (732 mg, 3.15 mmol) was treated with 4-(methylthio)-m-cresol (commercially available) (535 mg, 3.47 mmol) and potassium carbonate (457 mg, 3.31 mmol) ) in DMF (10 mL). The mixture is heated to 100 °C for 5 hours. The solvent was removed by evaporation under reduced pressure, and the residue was treated with 2M HCl (10 mL). The resulting suspension is extracted several times with dichloromethane. The combined dichloromethane layers containing the suspension were evaporated to give a solid residue. The residue was triturated with ether (5 mL) and the remaining solid was washed with ether (3x10 mL) to give an off-white solid (765 mg, 66%). δH (300 MHz, d6-DMSO) 2.28 (3H, s), 2.48 (3H, s), 2.70 (3H, d), 6.90 (1H, d), 7.02 (1H , d), 7.03 (1H, s), 7.30 (1H, d), 7.35 (2H, s), 7.79 (1H, d), 8.10 (1H, d), 8 .30 (1H, m); MS m/z (TS+) 367 (MH+), 385 (MNH4+).

DOBIVANJA 9-18 GETTING 9-18

Spojevi prikazani formulom Va, tj. spojevi prikazani općom formulom V gdje T je -C(=O)NHMe, R4 je vodik, a R5 je -SO2NH2, prikazani u tablici 17, dobivaju se prema postupku dobivanja 8 upotrebom sulfonamid iz dobivanja 1 i naznačenog fenola. The compounds shown by the formula Va, i.e. the compounds shown by the general formula V where T is -C(=O)NHMe, R4 is hydrogen, and R5 is -SO2NH2, shown in table 17, are obtained according to the procedure for obtaining 8 using sulfonamides from obtaining 1 and indicated phenol.

[image] [image]

Tablica 17 Table 17

[image] [image] [image] [image]

DOBIVANJE 19 GETTING THE 19

5-bromo-2-(2,3-dihidro-1-benzotien-5-iloksi)benzaldehid 5-bromo-2-(2,3-dihydro-1-benzothien-5-yloxy)benzaldehyde

[image] [image]

Smjesa 5-bromo-2-fluorobenzaldehida (1,08 g, 5,32 mmol), 5-hidroksi-2,3-dihidrobenzotiofena (dobivenog kao što je opisano u u Synth. Commun. 1991, 21, 959-964) (808 mg, 5,31 mmol) i K2CO3 (1,47 g, 10,6 mmol) u DMF (5 mL) zagrijava se na 90 °C tijekom 16 sati. Nakon hlađenja na sobnu temperaturu smjesa se razdjeli između vode (50 mL) i etera (50 mL), vodeni sloj se ekstrahira s eterom (50 mL). Spojeni organski ekstrakti se isperu s vodom (50 mL), osuše (MgSO4) i upare. Talog se pročisti kromatografijom na koloni [SiO2; 9:1 (pentan/EtOAc)], zatim triturira s eterom, dajući produkt (1,1 g, 62%) u obliku blijedo žute krutine; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 3,28 (2H, t), 3,41 (2H, t), 6,78 (1H, d), 6,84 (1H, d), 6,92 (1H, s), 7,20 (1H, d), 7,58 (1H, d), 8,00 (1H, s), 10,43 (1H, s). A mixture of 5-bromo-2-fluorobenzaldehyde (1.08 g, 5.32 mmol), 5-hydroxy-2,3-dihydrobenzothiophene (prepared as described in Synth. Commun. 1991, 21, 959-964) (808 mg, 5.31 mmol) and K2CO3 (1.47 g, 10.6 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was heated at 90 °C for 16 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was partitioned between water (50 mL) and ether (50 mL), the aqueous layer was extracted with ether (50 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (50 mL), dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. The precipitate is purified by column chromatography [SiO2; 9:1 (pentane/EtOAc)], then triturated with ether to give the product (1.1 g, 62%) as a pale yellow solid; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 3.28 (2H, t), 3.41 (2H, t), 6.78 (1H, d), 6.84 (1H, d), 6.92 (1H, s ), 7.20 (1H, d), 7.58 (1H, d), 8.00 (1H, s), 10.43 (1H, s).

Spojevi prikazani općom formulom Il, nabrojeni u tablici 18 dobivaju se prema postupku dobivanja 19 reakcijom naznačenog fenola s zahtjevanim 2-fluorobenzaldehid. U većini slučajeva sirovi produkt reakcije nakon miješanja s vodom upotrebljava se direktno u sljedećim stupnjevima bez daljnjeg pročišćavanja. The compounds represented by the general formula II, listed in table 18, are obtained according to the procedure for obtaining 19 by reacting the indicated phenol with the required 2-fluorobenzaldehyde. In most cases, the crude product of the reaction after mixing with water is used directly in the following stages without further purification.

[image] [image]

Tablica 18 Table 18

[image] [image] [image] a- 4-fluoro-3-formilbenzonitril se sintetizira prema postupku opisanom u Synth. Commun. 1997, 27(7), 1199 i J. Org. Chem. 1961, 26, 2522. [image] [image] [image] a-4-fluoro-3-formylbenzonitrile is synthesized according to the procedure described in Synth. Commun. 1997, 27(7), 1199 and J. Org. Chem. 1961, 26, 2522.

Produkt nastao u dobivanju 30 također se dobiva prema sljedećem postupku. The product formed in the preparation of 30 is also obtained according to the following procedure.

Kalij karbonat (334,1 g, 2,42 mol) i 4-(metiltio)-m-krezol (273,4 g, 1,77 mol) dodaju se postepeno u DMF (2 L). 2-Zatim se u gustu otopinu doda fluorobenzaldehid (200 g, 1,61 mol) i smjesa se zagrijava u rasponu 100-110 °C. Nakon 48 sati reakcijska se smjesa pusti da se ohladi na sobnu temperaturu te se doda voda (1,2 L). Otopina se ohladi na ispod 10 °C i pH se podesi na 5 pomoću koncentrirane HCl (0,37 L), održavajući temperaturu ispod 10 °C. Dodaju se voda (0,15 L) i diklorometan (0,9 L), a smjesa se promješa. Slojevi se razdvoje i organski sloj se ispere s vodom (4 x 0,75 L). Otapalo se prodestilira kako bi se uklonila voda azeotropno. Po potrebi se doda svježi diklorometan. Suha otopina diklorometana se zatim ukoncentrira u vakuumu dajući sirovi produkt u obliku ulja (422 g, 100%). Potassium carbonate (334.1 g, 2.42 mol) and 4-(methylthio)-m-cresol (273.4 g, 1.77 mol) were added dropwise to DMF (2 L). 2-Then fluorobenzaldehyde (200 g, 1.61 mol) is added to the thick solution and the mixture is heated in the range 100-110 °C. After 48 hours, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and water (1.2 L) was added. The solution was cooled to below 10 °C and the pH was adjusted to 5 using concentrated HCl (0.37 L), maintaining the temperature below 10 °C. Water (0.15 L) and dichloromethane (0.9 L) were added, and the mixture was stirred. The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with water (4 x 0.75 L). The solvent is distilled to remove water azeotropically. If necessary, fresh dichloromethane is added. The dry dichloromethane solution was then concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product as an oil (422 g, 100%).

Spojevi prikazani formulom IX prikazani u tablici 19 dobivaju se prema postupku u dobivanju 19, upotrebom ili 2-kloro-5-nitrobenzaldehida ili 2-kloro-5-nitrobenzonitrila s naznačenim fenolom. Za ove reakcije kraće reakcijsko vrijeme (oko 2-3 sata) je obično dovoljno da bi se postigla zadovoljavajuća konverzija. U većini slučajeva sirovi produkt reakcije nakon miješanja s vodom upotrebava se direktno u narednim stupnjevima bez daljnjeg pročišćavanja. The compounds represented by formula IX shown in Table 19 are obtained according to the procedure in the preparation of 19, using either 2-chloro-5-nitrobenzaldehyde or 2-chloro-5-nitrobenzonitrile with the indicated phenol. For these reactions, a shorter reaction time (about 2-3 hours) is usually sufficient to achieve a satisfactory conversion. In most cases, the raw product of the reaction after mixing with water is used directly in subsequent stages without further purification.

[image] [image]

Tablica 19 Table 19

[image] [image] [image] [image]

DOBIVANJE 44 GETTING 44

terc-butil 5-bromo-2-(2,3-dihidro-1-benzotien-5-iloksi)benzil(metil)karbamat tert-butyl 5-bromo-2-(2,3-dihydro-1-benzothien-5-yloxy)benzyl(methyl)carbamate

[image] [image]

Hidrokloridna sol iz primjera 36 (1,04 g, 2,7 mmol) otopi se u gustu otopinu s DCM (12 mL) i doda se Et3N (750 μL, 5,38 mmol), a nakon toga di-terc-butil dikarbonat (766 mg, 3,51 mmol). Nakon miješanja na sobnoj temperaturi tijekom 20 minuta reakcija se zaustavi dodavanjem 0,2M HCl (20 mL). Dobro promješana smjesa se razdvoji i vodeni sloj se ekstrahira s DCM (10 mL). Spojeni organski slojevi se osuše (MgSO4) i upare dajući produkt (pretpostavlja se da je iskorištenje kvantitativno) u obliku bezbojnog ulje koje se upotrijebi bez daljnjeg pročišćavanja; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 1,56 (9H, s), 2,82-2,98 (3H, brd), 3,23 (2H, t), 3,40 (2H, t), 4,44 (2H, brd), 6,71 (2H, d), 6,79 (1H, s), 7,12 (1H, d), 7,29 (1H, d), 7,39 (1H, s). The hydrochloride salt from Example 36 (1.04 g, 2.7 mmol) was dissolved in a thick solution with DCM (12 mL) and Et 3 N (750 μL, 5.38 mmol) was added, followed by di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (766 mg, 3.51 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 20 minutes, the reaction was stopped by adding 0.2M HCl (20 mL). The well-stirred mixture was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (10 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give the product (the yield is assumed to be quantitative) as a colorless oil which was used without further purification; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 1.56 (9H, s), 2.82-2.98 (3H, brd), 3.23 (2H, t), 3.40 (2H, t), 4.44 (2H, brd), 6.71 (2H, d), 6.79 (1H, s), 7.12 (1H, d), 7.29 (1H, d), 7.39 (1H, s) .

Spojevi prikazani formulom X pokazani su u tablici 20 dobivaju se prema postupku dobivanja 44 polazeći od naznačenih prekursora. The compounds represented by formula X shown in table 20 are obtained according to the preparation procedure 44 starting from the indicated precursors.

[image] [image]

Tablica 20 Table 20

[image] [image]

DOBIVANJE 49 GETTING 49

terc-butil 5-cijano-2-[3-fluoro-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]benzil-(metil)karbamat tert-butyl 5-cyano-2-[3-fluoro-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]benzyl-(methyl)carbamate

[image] [image]

Spoj u naslovu se dobiva iz bromida nastalog u dobivanju 47 postupkom iz primjera 78; δH (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 1,48 (9H, brs), 2,50 (3H, s), 2,93 (3H, brs), 4,55 (2H, brs), 6,79 (2H, m), 6,88 (1H, d), 7,35 (1H, t), 7,53 (1H, d), 7,59 (1H, s); MS m/z (TS+) 403 (MH+). The title compound is obtained from the bromide formed in the preparation of 47 by the procedure of Example 78; δH (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 1.48 (9H, brs), 2.50 (3H, s), 2.93 (3H, brs), 4.55 (2H, brs), 6.79 (2H, m ), 6.88 (1H, d), 7.35 (1H, t), 7.53 (1H, d), 7.59 (1H, s); MS m/z (TS+) 403 (MH+).

DOBIVANJE 50 GETTING 50

metil 3-{[(terc-butoksikarbonil)(metil)amino]metil}-4-(2,3-dihidro-1-benzotien-5-iloksi)benzoat methyl 3-{[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)(methyl)amino]methyl}-4-(2,3-dihydro-1-benzothien-5-yloxy)benzoate

[image] [image]

Smjesa bromida nastalog prema dobivanju 44 (1,22 g, 2,7 mmol), Et3N (1,13 mL, 8,11 mmol) i diklorobis(trifenilfosfin)paladija (II) (190 mg, 0,27 mmol) u MeOH (14 mL) zagrijava se na 80 °C pod pritiskom CO od 100 psi tijekom 18 sati. Tlc analiza ukazuje da reakcija nije potpuna tako da se doda još jedan obrok katalizatora (190 mg, 0,27 mmol) i smjesa se zagrijava na 100 °C pod pritiskom CO od 100 psi tijekom 24 sata. Smjesa se razrijedi s EtOAc (20 mL) i profiltrira kroz sloj silikagela, eluirajući s EtOAc u suvišku. Otapalo se ukloni u vakuumu i talog se razdjeli između EtOAc (50 mL) i 2:1 smjese vode:880 NH3 (50 mL). Vodeni sloj se ekstrahira s EtOAc (25 mL) i spojeni se organski slojevi osuše (MgSO4) i upare. Pročišćavanjem kromatografijom na koloni [SiO2; 4:1 (pentan/EtOAc)] dobiva se produkt (970 mg, 84%) u obliku ulja; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 1,42 (9H, s), 2,90 (3H, brs), 3,22 (2H, t), 3,38 (2H, t), 3,84 (3H, s), 4,50 (2H, brd), 6,74 (2H, d), 6,82 (1H, s), 7,13 (1H, d), 7,82 (1H, d), 7,93 (1H, brd); MS m/z (ES+) 430 (MH+). A mixture of the bromide formed according to the preparation of 44 (1.22 g, 2.7 mmol), Et3N (1.13 mL, 8.11 mmol) and dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) (190 mg, 0.27 mmol) in MeOH (14 mL) was heated to 80 °C under 100 psi CO for 18 h. Tlc analysis indicated that the reaction was incomplete so another portion of catalyst (190 mg, 0.27 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated to 100 °C under 100 psi CO for 24 hours. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc (20 mL) and filtered through a pad of silica gel, eluting with excess EtOAc. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the precipitate was partitioned between EtOAc (50 mL) and a 2:1 mixture of water:880 NH 3 (50 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (25 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 ) and evaporated. Purification by column chromatography [SiO2; 4:1 (pentane/EtOAc)] gave the product (970 mg, 84%) as an oil; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 1.42 (9H, s), 2.90 (3H, brs), 3.22 (2H, t), 3.38 (2H, t), 3.84 (3H, s ), 4.50 (2H, brd), 6.74 (2H, d), 6.82 (1H, s), 7.13 (1H, d), 7.82 (1H, d), 7.93 (1H, hill); MS m/z (ES+) 430 (MH+).

Spojevi prikazani formulom XI pokazani se u tablici 21, dobivaju se prema postupku dobivanja 50 polazeći od naznačenih prekursora. The compounds represented by formula XI shown in table 21 are obtained according to the preparation procedure 50 starting from the indicated precursors.

[image] [image]

Tablica 21 Table 21

[image] [image]

DOBIVANJE 55 GETTING THE 55

3-{[(terc-butoksikarbonil)(metil)amino]metil}-4-(2,3-dihidro-1-benzotien-5-iloksi)benzojeva kiselina 3-{[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)(methyl)amino]methyl}-4-(2,3-dihydro-1-benzothien-5-yloxy)benzoic acid

[image] [image]

Otopina estera iz dobivanja 50 (970 mg, 2,26 mmol) u THF (20 mL) i 1M LiOH (20 mL) zagrijava se uz povrat tijekom 16 sati. Nakon hlađenja na sobnu temperaturu ukloni se THF u vakuumu, talog se neutralizira s zasićenom vodenom otopinom NH4Cl i smjesa se ekstrahira s DCM (100 mL), a zatim s eterom (100 mL). Spojeni organski slojevi se osuše (MgSO4) i upare dajući bijeli pjenu (960 mg) koja se upotrijebi bez daljnjeg pročišćavanja; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 1,30 (9H, s), 2,78 (3H, brs), 3,20 (2H, brs), 3,38 (2H, t), 4,41 (2H, m), 6,62 (2H, m), 6,78 (1H, m), 7,10 (1H, m), 7,84 (1H, m), 7,99 (1H, m); MS m/z (ES-) 414 (M-H). A solution of the ester from preparation 50 (970 mg, 2.26 mmol) in THF (20 mL) and 1M LiOH (20 mL) was heated at reflux for 16 h. After cooling to room temperature, THF was removed in vacuo, the precipitate was neutralized with saturated aqueous NH 4 Cl and the mixture was extracted with DCM (100 mL) and then with ether (100 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give a white foam (960 mg) which was used without further purification; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 1.30 (9H, s), 2.78 (3H, brs), 3.20 (2H, brs), 3.38 (2H, t), 4.41 (2H, m ), 6.62 (2H, m), 6.78 (1H, m), 7.10 (1H, m), 7.84 (1H, m), 7.99 (1H, m); MS m/z (ES-) 414 (M-H).

Spojevi prikazani formulom XII prikazani su u tablici 22 dobivaju se prema postupku dobivanja 55 iz naznačenih prekursora. Compounds represented by formula XII shown in table 22 are obtained according to the procedure for obtaining 55 from the indicated precursors.

[image] [image]

Tablica 22 Table 22

[image] [image]

DOBIVANJE 59 GETTING 59

terc-butil 5-(aminokarbonil)-2-(2,3-dihidro-1-benzotien-5-iloksi)benzil-(metil)karbamat tert-butyl 5-(aminocarbonyl)-2-(2,3-dihydro-1-benzothien-5-yloxy)benzyl-(methyl)carbamate

[image] [image]

U otopinu kiseline iz dobivanja 55 (318 mg, 0,77 mmol) u DCM (10 mL) dodaju se Et3N (267 μL, 1,92 mmol), HOBt.H2O (129 mg, 0,84 mmol) i WSCDI (191 mg, 1,0 mmol) i smjesa se miješa tijekom 1 sata prije nego se doda zasićena otopina NH3 u THF (2 mL). Nakon miješanja narednih 16 sati reakcijska se smjesa razrijedi s vodom (50 mL), 0,2M HCl (20 mL) i DCM (25 mL). Organski sloj se odijeli, a vodeni sloj se ekstrahira s DCM (25 mL). Spojeni organski slojevi se osuše (MgSO4) i upare dajući bijelu pjenu (pretpostavlja se da je iskorištenje kvantitativno) koja se upotrijebi bez daljnjeg pročišćavanja; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 1,44 (9H, s), 2,91 (3H, br), 3,27 (2H, t), 3,40 (2H, t), 4,54 (2H, br), 6,75-6,88 (3H, m), 7,18 (1H, d), 7,68 (1H, d), 7,74 (1H, s). To a solution of the acid from preparation 55 (318 mg, 0.77 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added Et3N (267 μL, 1.92 mmol), HOBt.H2O (129 mg, 0.84 mmol) and WSCDI (191 mg, 1.0 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 1 h before a saturated solution of NH 3 in THF (2 mL) was added. After stirring for the next 16 hours, the reaction mixture is diluted with water (50 mL), 0.2M HCl (20 mL) and DCM (25 mL). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (25 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give a white foam (the yield is assumed to be quantitative) which was used without further purification; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 1.44 (9H, s), 2.91 (3H, br), 3.27 (2H, t), 3.40 (2H, t), 4.54 (2H, br ), 6.75-6.88 (3H, m), 7.18 (1H, d), 7.68 (1H, d), 7.74 (1H, s).

Spojevi prikazani formulom XIII prikazani u tablici 23 dobivaju se prema postupku dobivanja 59 iz naznačenih prekursora. The compounds represented by formula XIII shown in table 23 are obtained according to the procedure for obtaining 59 from the indicated precursors.

[image] [image]

Tablica 23 Table 23

[image] [image] [image] [image]

DOBIVANJE 69 GETTING 69

terc-butil 2-[3-kloro-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-5-(hidroksimetil)benzil-(metil)karbamat tert-butyl 2-[3-chloro-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-5-(hydroxymethyl)benzyl-(methyl)carbamate

[image] [image]

Otopina LiAlH4 u THF (1 M, 2 mL, 2 mmol) u obrocima se doda u otopinu estera iz dobivanja 52 (452 mg, 1 mmol) u THF (10 mL) u atmosferi N2. Kada se tlc analizom zaključi da je reakcija provedena do kraja doda se eter (10 mL) i suvišak LiAlH4 se ukloni pažljivim dodavanjem 2M NaOH. Organski sloj se odijeli, ispere s otopinom soli, osuši (MgSO4) i upari. Pročišćavanjem taloga kromatografijom na koloni [SiO2; 39:1 (DCM/MeOH)] dobiva se željeni alkohol (200 mg, 47%) u obliku gumene bijele krutine; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 1,41 (9H, brs), 1,80 (1H, brs), 2,43 (3H, s), 2,81 (3H, brd), 4,42 (2H, brd), 4,66 (2H, s), 6,82 (1H, d), 6,88 (1H, d), 6,96 (1H, s), 7,16 (1H, d), 7,27 (2H, obs); MS m/z (ES+) 446 (MNa+). A solution of LiAlH 4 in THF (1 M, 2 mL, 2 mmol) was added portionwise to a solution of the ester from preparation 52 (452 mg, 1 mmol) in THF (10 mL) under N 2 . When tlc analysis concluded that the reaction was completed, ether (10 mL) was added and excess LiAlH4 was removed by carefully adding 2M NaOH. The organic layer is separated, washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. Purification of the precipitate by column chromatography [SiO2; 39:1 (DCM/MeOH)] afforded the desired alcohol (200 mg, 47%) as a gummy white solid; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 1.41 (9H, brs), 1.80 (1H, brs), 2.43 (3H, s), 2.81 (3H, brd), 4.42 (2H, brd ), 4.66 (2H, s), 6.82 (1H, d), 6.88 (1H, d), 6.96 (1H, s), 7.16 (1H, d), 7.27 (2H, obs); MS m/z (ES + ) 446 (MNa + ).

Spojevi prikazani formulom XIV pokazani u tablici 24 dobivaju se prema postupku dobivanja 69 polazeći od naznačenih prekursora. The compounds represented by the formula XIV shown in table 24 are obtained according to the preparation procedure 69 starting from the indicated precursors.

[image] [image]

Tablica 24 Table 24

[image] [image]

DOBIVANJE 72 GETTING 72

terc-butil 3-{[(terc-butoksikarbonil)(metil)amino]metil}-4-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]benzil(metilsulfonil) tert-butyl 3-{[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)(methyl)amino]methyl}-4-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]benzyl(methylsulfonyl)

karbamat carbamate

[image] [image]

Otopina dietil azodikarboksilata (505 μL, 3,21 mmol) u THF (5 mL) doda se u obrocima u otopinu terc-butil metilsulfonilkarbamata (sintetiziranu prema Tetrahedron Lett. 1994, 35, 379-380) (655 mg, 3,36 mmol), allohola iz dobivanja 71 (1,226 g, 3,04 mmol) i trifenilfosfina (880 mg, 3,36 mmol) u THF (15 mL) na 0 °C. Reakcijska se smjesa miješa na 0 °C tijekom 2 sata i zatim razrijedi s EtOAc (80 mL) i ispere s 10% vodenom otopinom K2CO3 (100 mL). Organski se sloj ispere s otopinom soli, osuši (MgSO4) i upari. Talog se pročisti kromatografijom na koloni [SiO2; 1:4 EtOAc:pentan] dajući spoju naslovu (1,406 g, 80%) u obliku bezbojnog ulja; δH (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 1,45 (9H, s), 1,52 (9H, s), 2,38 (3H, s), 2,44 (3H, s), 2,83 (3H, s), 3,22 (3H, s), 4,49 (2H, s), 4,85 (2H, s), 6,74-6,83 (3H, m), 7,18-7,29 (3H, obs); MS m/z (TS+) 481 (MH+-BOC). A solution of diethyl azodicarboxylate (505 μL, 3.21 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added portionwise to a solution of tert-butyl methylsulfonylcarbamate (synthesized according to Tetrahedron Lett. 1994, 35, 379-380) (655 mg, 3.36 mmol). ), allochol from the preparation of 71 (1.226 g, 3.04 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (880 mg, 3.36 mmol) in THF (15 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 2 h and then diluted with EtOAc (80 mL) and washed with 10% aqueous K 2 CO 3 (100 mL). The organic layer is washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. The precipitate is purified by column chromatography [SiO2; 1:4 EtOAc:pentane] to give the title compound (1.406 g, 80%) as a colorless oil; δH (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 1.45 (9H, s), 1.52 (9H, s), 2.38 (3H, s), 2.44 (3H, s), 2.83 (3H, s ), 3.22 (3H, s), 4.49 (2H, s), 4.85 (2H, s), 6.74-6.83 (3H, m), 7.18-7.29 ( 3H, observed); MS m/z (TS+) 481 (MH+-BOC).

DOBIVANJE 73 GETTING 73

terc-butil 3-{[(terc-butoksikarbonil)(metil)amino]metil}-4-[3-fluoro-4(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]benzil(metilsulfonil) tert-butyl 3-{[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)(methyl)amino]methyl}-4-[3-fluoro-4(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]benzyl(methylsulfonyl)

karbamat carbamate

[image] [image]

Spoj u naslovu dobiva se iz alkohola iz dobivanja 70 prema postupku iz dobivanja 72; δH (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 1,44 (9H, s), 1,52 (9H, s), 2,44 (3H, s), 2,82 (3H, s), 3,23 (3H, s), 4,45 (2H, s), 4,87 (2H, s), 6,61-6,70 (2H, m), 6,90 (1H, d), 7,25-7,33 (3H, m); MS m/z (ES+) 607 (MNa+). The title compound is obtained from the alcohol from preparation 70 according to the procedure from preparation 72; δH (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 1.44 (9H, s), 1.52 (9H, s), 2.44 (3H, s), 2.82 (3H, s), 3.23 (3H, s ), 4.45 (2H, s), 4.87 (2H, s), 6.61-6.70 (2H, m), 6.90 (1H, d), 7.25-7.33 ( 3H, m); MS m/z (ES+) 607 (MNa+).

DOBIVANJE 74 GETTING 74

terc-butil 4-[(dimetilamino)metil]-3-[3-metil-4(metilsulfanil)fenoksilbenzil(metilsulfonil)karbamat tert-butyl 4-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-3-[3-methyl-4(methylsulfanyl)phenoxylbenzyl(methylsulfonyl)carbamate

[image] [image]

Spoj u naslovu dobiva se iz alkohola iz primjera 59 prema postupku dobivanja 72. Sirovi produkt se ne pročisti kromatografijom na koloni nego se prenese direktno u sljedeći stupanj; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 1,39 (9H, s), 2,22 (6H, s), 2,28 (3H, s), 2,38 (3H, s), 3,07 (3H, s), 3,42 (2H, s), 4,76 (2H, s), 6,72 (2H, m), 6,79 1H, s), 7,07 (1H, d), 7,12 (1H, d), 7,40 (1H, obs). The title compound is obtained from the alcohol from example 59 according to the preparation procedure 72. The crude product is not purified by column chromatography but is transferred directly to the next step; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 1.39 (9H, s), 2.22 (6H, s), 2.28 (3H, s), 2.38 (3H, s), 3.07 (3H, s ), 3.42 (2H, s), 4.76 (2H, s), 6.72 (2H, m), 6.79 1H, s), 7.07 (1H, d), 7.12 ( 1H, d), 7.40 (1H, obs).

DOBIVANJE 75 GETTING THE 75

terc-butil metil[2-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-5-({[(trifluorometil)sulfonil]amino}metil)benzil]karbamat tert-butyl methyl [2-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-5-({[(trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl]amino}methyl)benzyl]carbamate

[image] [image]

Spoj u naslovu dobiva se iz alkohola iz dobivanja 71 prema postupku dobivanja 72 upotrebom trifluorometansulfonamid umjesto terc-butil metilsulfonilkarbamata. Željeni produkt je onečišćen s terc-butil 5-({{3-{[(terc-butoksikarbonil)(metil)amino]metil}-4-[3-metil-4-metilsulfanil)fenoksi]benzil}[(trifluorometil)sulfonil] amino}metil)-2-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]benzil(metil)karbamatom i uzme se kao smjesa; MS m/z (ES-) 533 (M-H+). The title compound is obtained from the alcohol from preparation 71 according to the procedure for preparation 72 using trifluoromethanesulfonamide instead of tert-butyl methylsulfonylcarbamate. The desired product is contaminated with tert-butyl 5-({{3-{[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)(methyl)amino]methyl}-4-[3-methyl-4-methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]benzyl}[(trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl ] amino}methyl)-2-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]benzyl(methyl)carbamate and taken as a mixture; MS m/z (ES-) 533 (M-H+).

Spojevi prikazani formulom XV pokazani u tablici 25 dobivaju se prema postupku dobivanja 44 upotrebom naznačenih prekursora. The compounds represented by the formula XV shown in Table 25 are obtained according to the procedure for obtaining 44 using the indicated precursors.

[image] [image]

Tablica 25 Table 25

[image] [image]

DOBIVANJE 79 GETTING 79

terc-butil metil{2-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-5-nitrobenzil}karbamat tert-butyl methyl {2-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-5-nitrobenzyl}carbamate

[image] [image]

N-metil-N-{2-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-5-nitrobenzil}amin i {2-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-5-nitrofenil}metanol. N-methyl-N-{2-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-5-nitrobenzyl}amine and {2-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-5-nitrophenyl}methanol.

U suspenziju aldehida iz postupka dobivanja 39 (21,0 g, 69,2 mmol) u EtOH (100 mL) doda se 8M metilamin u EtOH (86,5 ml, 692 mmol). Nastane otopina i nakon kratkotrajnog miješanja uoči se precipitat. Precipitat se ponovo otopi dodavanjem THF (100 mL), otopina se ohladi na 0 °C i tada se doda NaBH4 (7,85 g, 208 mmol). Reakcijska smjesa se ostavi da se polagano ugrije na sobnu temperaturu i miješa preko noći prije nego se otapalo ukloni u vakuumu. Talog se prenese u vodu (150 mL) i eter (150 mL), te se pažljivo doda 2M HCl do pH 1. Slojevi se razdvoje i vodeni sloj ispere se s eterom (2X100 mL). Spojeni organski ekstrakti se osuše i upare dajući {2-[3-metil-4 (metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-5-nitrofenil}metanol (18,9 g, 89%) u obliku žute krutine; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 2,35 (3H, s), 2,48 (3H, s), 4,90 (2H, s), 6,79 (1H, d), 6,89 (1H, s), 6,91 (1H, d), 7,22 (1H, d), 8,07 (1H, dd), 8,41 (1H, d). To a suspension of the aldehyde from Preparation 39 (21.0 g, 69.2 mmol) in EtOH (100 mL) was added 8M methylamine in EtOH (86.5 mL, 692 mmol). A solution is formed and after short-term mixing, a precipitate is observed. The precipitate was redissolved by the addition of THF (100 mL), the solution was cooled to 0 °C and then NaBH 4 (7.85 g, 208 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to slowly warm to room temperature and stirred overnight before the solvent was removed in vacuo. The precipitate was taken up in water (150 mL) and ether (150 mL), and 2M HCl was carefully added to pH 1. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was washed with ether (2X100 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried and evaporated to give {2-[3-methyl-4(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-5-nitrophenyl}methanol (18.9 g, 89%) as a yellow solid; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 2.35 (3H, s), 2.48 (3H, s), 4.90 (2H, s), 6.79 (1H, d), 6.89 (1H, s ), 6.91 (1H, d), 7.22 (1H, d), 8.07 (1H, dd), 8.41 (1H, d).

Gore dobiveni vodeni sloj neutralizira se izlijevanjem na krutinu K2CO3 u suvišku. Bazična otopina se ekstrahira s eterom (2x100 mL), a nastali eterski ekstrakti se osuše (MgSO4) i upare dajući N-metil-N-{2-[3-metil-4- (metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-5-nitrobenzil}amin (1,65 g, 7,5%) u obliku narančastog ulja; MS m/z (ES+) 319 (MH+). The aqueous layer obtained above is neutralized by pouring on the solid K2CO3 in excess. The base solution was extracted with ether (2x100 mL), and the resulting ether extracts were dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give N-methyl-N-{2-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-5-nitrobenzyl}amine (1.65 g, 7.5%) as an orange oil; MS m/z (ES+) 319 (MH+).

N-metil-N-{2-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-5-nitrobenzil}amin iz {2-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksil-5-nitrofenil}metanola. N-methyl-N-{2-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-5-nitrobenzyl}amine from {2-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxyl-5-nitrophenyl}methanol.

Metansulfonil klorid (4,81 mL, 61,9 mmol) polagano se doda u otopinu {2-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-5-nitrofenil}metanola (18,9 g, 61,9 mmol) i Et3N (9,5 mL, 68,2 mmol) u DCM (60 mL). Smjesa se miješa na sobnoj temperaturi tijekom 3 sata, a zatim se izlije u vodu i ekstrahira s DCM (3 puta). Spojeni organski ekstrakti se osuše (MgSO4) i upare dajući tamno, viskozno ulje. To ulje se prenese u DCM (50 mL) i doda se 8M metilamin u EtOH (200 mL, 1,6 mol), a nakon toga Et3N (10 mL, 71,7 mmol). Nakon miješanja tijekom 18 sati smjesa se ukoncentrira u vakuumu dajući sirovi amin koji se upotrijebi bez daljnjeg pročišćavanja. Methanesulfonyl chloride (4.81 mL, 61.9 mmol) was slowly added to a solution of {2-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-5-nitrophenyl}methanol (18.9 g, 61.9 mmol) and Et 3 N (9.5 mL, 68.2 mmol) in DCM (60 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, then poured into water and extracted with DCM (3 times). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give a dark, viscous oil. This oil was taken up in DCM (50 mL) and 8M methylamine in EtOH (200 mL, 1.6 mol) was added followed by Et 3 N (10 mL, 71.7 mmol). After stirring for 18 h, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the crude amine which was used without further purification.

terc-butil metil{2-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-5-nitrobenzil}karbamat tert-butyl methyl {2-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-5-nitrobenzyl}carbamate

Gore dobiveni sirovi amin otopi se u DCM (100 mL) na 0 °C, doda se Et3N (11,4 mL, 81.8 mmol) i nakon toga di-terc-butil dikarbonat (15,0 g, 68,7 mmol). Reakcijska smjesa se ostavi da se zagrije na sobnu temperaturu i miješa tijekom 16 sati prije nego se ukoncentrira u vakuumu. Talog se razdjeli između EtOAc i vode, a vodeni sloj se ekstrahira s EtOAc (2 puta). Spojeni organski slojevi se osuše (MgSO4) i upare. Talog se pročisti kromatografijom na koloni (SiO2; 1. kolona - 3% MeOH u DCM; 2. kolona EtOAc:pentan 1:3) čime se dobiva spoj u naslovu (14,2 g, 54%) u obliku žutog ulja; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 1,44 (9H, s), 2,32 (3H, s), 2,44 (3H, s), 2,95 (3H, s), 4,56 (2H, br), 6,75 (1H, d), 6,84 (2H, m), 7,17 (1H, d), 8,00 (1H, d), 8,18 (1H, br); MS m/z (TS+) 419 (MH+). The crude amine obtained above was dissolved in DCM (100 mL) at 0 °C, Et 3 N (11.4 mL, 81.8 mmol) was added followed by di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (15.0 g, 68.7 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 16 hours before being concentrated in vacuo. The precipitate was partitioned between EtOAc and water, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2x). The combined organic layers are dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2; 1st column - 3% MeOH in DCM; 2nd column EtOAc:pentane 1:3) to give the title compound (14.2 g, 54%) as a yellow oil; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 1.44 (9H, s), 2.32 (3H, s), 2.44 (3H, s), 2.95 (3H, s), 4.56 (2H, no ), 6.75 (1H, d), 6.84 (2H, m), 7.17 (1H, d), 8.00 (1H, d), 8.18 (1H, br); MS m/z (TS+) 419 (MH+).

Spojevi prikazani formulom XVI pokazani u tablici 26 dobivaju se premapostupku iz primjera 103 iz naznačenih prekursora. The compounds of formula XVI shown in Table 26 are obtained according to the procedure of Example 103 from the indicated precursors.

[image] [image]

Tablica 26 Table 26

[image] [image]

DOBIVANJE 84 GETTING 84

terc-butil metil{2-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-5-[(metilsulfonil)amino]benzil}karbamat tert-butyl methyl {2-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-5-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]benzyl}carbamate

[image] [image]

U otopinu anilina iz postupka dobivanja 83 (9,5 g, 24,5 mmol) i Et3N (7,5 mL, 53,8 mmol) u DCM (50 mL) doda se u obrocima metansulfonil klorid (4,16 mL, 53,7 mmol) na 0 °C. Nakon 30 minuta miješanja na 0 °C reakcijska smjesa se ostavi da se zagrije na sobnu temperaturu prije nego se otapalo ukloni u vakuumu. U talog se doda 2M NaOH (50 mL) i smjesa se miješa tijekom 30 minuta. Smjesa se ekstrahira s EtOAc i organski se sloj ispere s otopinom soli, osuši (MgSO4) i upari dajući ulje. Pročišćavanjem kromatografijom na koloni [SiO2; 97,5:2,5:0,25 (DCM/MeOH/880 NH3)] dobiva se produkt (9,0 g, 79%) u obliku smeđe pjene; δH (CDCl3, 300MHz) 1,43 (9H, brs), 2,35 (3H, s), 2,42 (3H, s), 2,88 (3H, brs), 3,01 (3H, s), 4,46 (2H, brs), 6,76 (2H, d+s), 6,83 (1H, d), 7,16 (1H, s), 7,20 (2H, brs); MS m/z (ES+) 467 (MH+). Methanesulfonyl chloride (4.16 mL, 53 .7 mmol) at 0 °C. After stirring for 30 min at 0 °C, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature before the solvent was removed in vacuo. 2M NaOH (50 mL) was added to the precipitate and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give an oil. Purification by column chromatography [SiO2; 97.5:2.5:0.25 (DCM/MeOH/880 NH3)] gave the product (9.0 g, 79%) as a brown foam; δH (CDCl3, 300MHz) 1.43 (9H, brs), 2.35 (3H, s), 2.42 (3H, s), 2.88 (3H, brs), 3.01 (3H, s) , 4.46 (2H, brs), 6.76 (2H, d+s), 6.83 (1H, d), 7.16 (1H, s), 7.20 (2H, brs); MS m/z (ES+) 467 (MH+).

Spojevi prikazani formulom XVII pokazani u tablici 27 dobivaju se prema postupku dobivanja 84 iz naznačenih prekursora. The compounds represented by formula XVII shown in table 27 are obtained according to the procedure for obtaining 84 from the indicated precursors.

[image] [image]

Tablica 27 Table 27

[image] [image]

DOBIVANJE 88 GETTING THE 88

terc-butil metil{2-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-5-[metil(metilsulfonil)amino]benzil}karbamat tert-butyl methyl {2-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-5-[methyl(methylsulfonyl)amino]benzyl}carbamate

[image] [image]

Mel (1.07 mL, 17.2 mmol) se doda u obrocima u smjesu sulfonamid iz dobivanja 84 (2,0 g, 4,3 mmol) i K2CO3 (592 mg, 4,3 mmol) u CH3CN (10 mL) u atmosferi N2. Smjesa se miješa tijekom 16 sati i zatim razdijeli između EtOAc (50 mL) i 2M NaOH (50 mL). Organski se sloj ispere s otopinom soli, osuši (MgSO4) i upari. Pročišćavanjem taloga kromatografijom na koloni [SiO2; 590:10:1 (DCM/MeOH/880 NH3)] dobiva se produkt (1,23 g, 60%) u obliku žutog ulja; δH (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 1,45 (9H, s), 2,34 (3H, s), 2,42 (3H, s), 2,86 (3H, s), 2,90 (3H, s), 3,28 (3H, s), 4,49 (2H, s), 6,80 (3H, br), 7,18 (3H, m); MS m/z (TS+) 498 (MNH4+). Mel (1.07 mL, 17.2 mmol) was added portionwise to a mixture of sulfonamide from the preparation of 84 (2.0 g, 4.3 mmol) and K 2 CO 3 (592 mg, 4.3 mmol) in CH 3 CN (10 mL) under N 2 . The mixture was stirred for 16 h and then partitioned between EtOAc (50 mL) and 2M NaOH (50 mL). The organic layer is washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. Purification of the precipitate by column chromatography [SiO2; 590:10:1 (DCM/MeOH/880 NH3)] gave the product (1.23 g, 60%) as a yellow oil; δH (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 1.45 (9H, s), 2.34 (3H, s), 2.42 (3H, s), 2.86 (3H, s), 2.90 (3H, s ), 3.28 (3H, s), 4.49 (2H, s), 6.80 (3H, br), 7.18 (3H, m); MS m/z (TS+) 498 (MNH4+).

DOBIVANJE 89 GETTING 89

terc-butil 5-[(2-hidroksietil)(metilsulfonil)amino]-2-[3-metil-4(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]benzil(metil)karbamat tert-butyl 5-[(2-hydroxyethyl)(methylsulfonyl)amino]-2-[3-methyl-4(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]benzyl(methyl)carbamate

[image] [image]

2-bromoetanol (1,34 mL, 18,9 mmol) doda se u smjesu sulfonamid iz dobivanja 84 (2,0 g, 4,3 mmol) i K2CO3 (2,605 g, 18,8 mmol) u CH3CN (10 mL) u atmosferi N2. Smjesa se zagrijava uz povrat tijekom 16 sati, ohladi i zatim razdijeli između EtOAc (50 mL) i 2M NaOH (50 mL). Organski se sloj ispere s otopinom soli, osuši (MgSO4) i upari. Pročišćavanjem taloga kromatografijom na koloni [SiO2; 390:10:1 (DCM/MeOH/880 NH3)] dobiva se produkt (524 mg, 24%) u obliku roza pjene; δH (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 1,42 (9H, s), 2,37 (3H, s), 2,43 (3H, s), 2,91 (3H, s), 2,98 (3H, s), 3,68 (2H, brs), 3,79 (2H, d), 4,49 (2H, s), 6,81 (3H, m), 7,19 (3H, m); MS m/z (TS+) 528 (MNH4+). 2-Bromoethanol (1.34 mL, 18.9 mmol) was added to a mixture of sulfonamide from preparation 84 (2.0 g, 4.3 mmol) and K2CO3 (2.605 g, 18.8 mmol) in CH3CN (10 mL) in an N2 atmosphere. The mixture was heated at reflux for 16 h, cooled and then partitioned between EtOAc (50 mL) and 2M NaOH (50 mL). The organic layer is washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. Purification of the precipitate by column chromatography [SiO2; 390:10:1 (DCM/MeOH/880 NH3)] gave the product (524 mg, 24%) as a pink foam; δH (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 1.42 (9H, s), 2.37 (3H, s), 2.43 (3H, s), 2.91 (3H, s), 2.98 (3H, s ), 3.68 (2H, brs), 3.79 (2H, d), 4.49 (2H, s), 6.81 (3H, m), 7.19 (3H, m); MS m/z (TS+) 528 (MNH4+).

DOBIVANJE 90 GETTING THE 90

5-amino-2-(2,3-dihidro-1,4-benzoksatin-6-iloksi)benzonitril 5-amino-2-(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzoxathin-6-yloxy)benzonitrile

[image] [image]

U nitro spoj iz dobivanja 41 (740 mg, 2,38 mmol) u AcOH (5 mL) i vodu (1 mL) doda se prah željeza (930 mg, 16,7 mmol) i smjesa se miješa na sobnoj temperaturi tijekom 16 sati. Otapalo se ukloni u vakuumu, talog se prenese u EtOAc (50 mL) i 10% vodenu otopinu K2CO3 (50 mL) i profiltrira kroz Arbocel®. Organski sloj se odijeli, a vodeni sloj se ekstrahira s EtOAc (50 mL). Spojeni organski ekstrakti se osuše (MgSO4) i upare dajući smeđu pjenu (670 mg, 99%) koja se upotrijebi bez daljnjeg pročišćavanja; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 3,18 (2H, m), 4,36 (2H, m), 6,60-6,70 (2H, m), 6,70-6,80 (3H, m), 6,85 (1H, s); MS m/z (TS+) 302 (MNH4+). To the nitro compound from preparation 41 (740 mg, 2.38 mmol) in AcOH (5 mL) and water (1 mL) was added iron powder (930 mg, 16.7 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h . The solvent was removed in vacuo, the precipitate was taken up in EtOAc (50 mL) and 10% aqueous K 2 CO 3 (50 mL) and filtered through Arbocel®. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give a brown foam (670 mg, 99%) which was used without further purification; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 3.18 (2H, m), 4.36 (2H, m), 6.60-6.70 (2H, m), 6.70-6.80 (3H, m) , 6.85 (1H, s); MS m/z (TS+) 302 (MNH4+).

Spojevi prikazani formulom Vb, tj. spojevi prikazani formulom V gdje T je cijano, R4 je vodik, a R5 je amino, prikazani u tablici 28 dobivaju se prema postupku dobivanje 90 iz naznačenih prekursora. The compounds shown by the formula Vb, i.e. the compounds shown by the formula V where T is cyano, R4 is hydrogen, and R5 is amino, shown in table 28 are obtained according to the procedure for obtaining 90 from the indicated precursors.

[image] [image]

Tablica 28 Table 28

[image] [image]

DOBIVANJE 94 GETTING 94

5-amino-2-[4-metil-3-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]benzonitril 5-amino-2-[4-methyl-3-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]benzonitrile

[image] [image]

Spoj u naslovu dobiva se iz nitro spoja iz dobivanja 43 prema postupku iz primjera 103; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 2,27 (3H, s), 2,41 (3H, s), 3,66 (2H, br), 6,62 (1H, d), 6,79 (2H, s), 6,82 (1H, s), 6,89 (1H, s), 7,08 (1H, d); MS m/z (ES+) 293 (MNa+), (ES-) 269 (M-H+). The title compound is obtained from the nitro compound from the preparation of 43 according to the procedure of example 103; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 2.27 (3H, s), 2.41 (3H, s), 3.66 (2H, br), 6.62 (1H, d), 6.79 (2H, s ), 6.82 (1H, s), 6.89 (1H, s), 7.08 (1H, d); MS m/z (ES+) 293 (MNa+), (ES-) 269 (M-H+).

Spojevi prikazani formulom Vc, tj. spojevi prikazani formulom V gdje T je cijano, R4 je vodik, a R5 je -NHSO2Me, prikazani u tablici 29 dobivaju se prema postupku dobivanja 84 iz naznačenih prekursora. Compounds shown by formula Vc, i.e. compounds shown by formula V where T is cyano, R4 is hydrogen, and R5 is -NHSO2Me, shown in table 29 are obtained according to the procedure for obtaining 84 from the indicated precursors.

[image] [image]

Tablica 29 Table 29

[image] [image]

DOBIVANJE 100 GETTING 100

N-{3-cijano-4-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksil]fenil}-N-metilmetansulfonamid N-{3-cyano-4-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxyl]phenyl}-N-methylmethanesulfonamide

[image] [image]

Spoj u naslovu dobiva se iz sulfonamida iz dobivanja 98 prema postupku dobivanja 88; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 2,31 (3H, s), 2,44 (3H, s), 2,83 (3H, s), 3,27 (3H, s), 6,79 (1H, d), 6,88 (2H, m), 7,17 (1H, d), 7,44 (1H, dd), 7,58 (1H, d); MS m/z (ES+) 385 (MNa+). The title compound is obtained from sulfonamides from the preparation of 98 according to the procedure for the preparation of 88; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 2.31 (3H, s), 2.44 (3H, s), 2.83 (3H, s), 3.27 (3H, s), 6.79 (1H, d ), 6.88 (2H, m), 7.17 (1H, d), 7.44 (1H, dd), 7.58 (1H, d); MS m/z (ES+) 385 (MNa+).

DOBIVANJE 101 GETTING IT 101

1,3-dihidro-2-benzotiofen-5-ol 1,3-dihydro-2-benzothiophen-5-ol

[image] [image]

Dobivanje [4-(aliloksi)-2-(hidroksimetil)fenil]metanola Preparation of [4-(allyloxy)-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]methanol

Dimetil 4-(aliloksi)ftalat [dobiven prema Inouye, M.; TSuchiya, K.; Kitao, T. Angew. Chem. 1992, 104, 198-200 (vidi također Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 1992, 204-205)] (9,9 g, 38 mmol) otopi se u THF (40 mL) i ohladi na 0 °C prije nego se u obrocima doda litij aluminij hidrid (1M u THF, 77 mL, 77 mmol) u vremenu od 10 minuta. Smjesa se zatim miješa na sobnoj temperaturi tijekom 3 sata prije nego se reakcija pažljivo zaustavi dodavanjem vode (1,4 mL), a nakon toga 2M NaOH (1,4 mL). Nakon toga doda se MgSO4 u suvišku, zatim voda dok ne nastane granulirani precipitat (oko 5 mL). Smjesa se tada profiltrira i upari čime se dobiva smeđe ulje (7,1 g, oko 95%).1H Dimethyl 4-(allyloxy) phthalate [obtained according to Inouye, M.; Suchiya, K.; Kitao, T. Angew. Chem. 1992, 104, 198-200 (see also Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 1992, 204-205)] (9.9 g, 38 mmol) was dissolved in THF (40 mL) and cooled to 0 °C before adding lithium aluminum hydride (1M in THF, 77 mL, 77 mmol) in portions over 10 minutes. The mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 3 hours before the reaction was carefully quenched by the addition of water (1.4 mL) followed by 2M NaOH (1.4 mL). After that, MgSO4 is added in excess, followed by water until a granular precipitate forms (about 5 mL). The mixture is then filtered and evaporated to give a brown oil (7.1 g, about 95%). 1H

NMR analiza pokazuje da je ulje 85% čistoće. Ono se upotrebljava direktno u sljedećem stupnju bez daljnjeg pročišćavanja; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 2,63 (1H, brs), 2,91 (1H, brs), 4,52 (2H, m), 4,67 (4H, m), 5,26 (1H, dd), 5,38 (1H, dd), 5,97-6,09 (1H, m), 6,80 (1H, dd), 6,92 (1H, d), 7,22 (1H, d). NMR analysis shows that the oil is 85% pure. It is used directly in the next step without further purification; δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 2.63 (1H, brs), 2.91 (1H, brs), 4.52 (2H, m), 4.67 (4H, m), 5.26 (1H, dd ), 5.38 (1H, dd), 5.97-6.09 (1H, m), 6.80 (1H, dd), 6.92 (1H, d), 7.22 (1H, d) .

Dobivanje 5-(alliloksi)-1,3-dihidro-2-benzotiofena Preparation of 5-(allyloxy)-1,3-dihydro-2-benzothiophene

Sirovi diol iz stupnja (i) (3,5 g, 18 mmol) otopi se u DCM (60 mL) i tretira s Et3N (10 mL, 72 mmol), a otopina se ohladi na 0 °C. U obrocima se doda etansulfonil klorid (4,2 mL, 54 mmol) i otopina se miješa tijekom 1 sata kako bi se zagrijala na sobnu temperaturu. Reakcija u smjesi se zatim zaustavi dodatkom voda,a nakon vode slijedi 2M HCl (50 mL). DCM sloj se odijeli, a vodeni sloj se ponovo ekstrahira s DCM (50 mL). Spojene organske frakcije se isperu s vodom (50 mL), osuše (MgSO4) i ukoncentriraju na volumen od oko 30 mL. Nakon dodavanja benziltrietilamonij klorida (1 g) doda se otopina natrij sulfida (5 g, 91 mmol) u vodi (50 mL). Smjesa se snažno miješa u atmosferi dušika tijekom 15 sati. Organski sloj se odijeli, a vodeni sloj se ponovo ekstrahira s DCM (50 mL). Spojeni organski slojevi se osuše (MgSO4) i upare dajući žuto ulje. Flash kromatografijom nastaju dvije frakcije; prva je čisti produkt, a druga produkt onečišćen s dimernim materijalom. Trituracija druge frakcije uzrokuje kristalizaciju dimernog materijala koji se ukloni filtracijom. Filtrat se spoji s prvom kromatografskom frakcijom dajući željeni produkt (800 mg, 23%); δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 4,16 (2H, s), 4,19 (2H, s), 4,48 (2H, m), 5,26 (1H, d), 5,37 (1H, d), 5,95-6,06 (1H, m), 6,74 (2H, m), 7,09 (1H, d). The crude diol from step (i) (3.5 g, 18 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (60 mL) and treated with Et 3 N (10 mL, 72 mmol), and the solution was cooled to 0 °C. Ethansulfonyl chloride (4.2 mL, 54 mmol) was added portionwise and the solution was stirred for 1 hour to warm to room temperature. The reaction in the mixture is then stopped by the addition of water, followed by 2M HCl (50 mL). The DCM layer was separated and the aqueous layer was re-extracted with DCM (50 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with water (50 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to a volume of about 30 mL. After the addition of benzyltriethylammonium chloride (1 g), a solution of sodium sulfide (5 g, 91 mmol) in water (50 mL) was added. The mixture is vigorously stirred under nitrogen for 15 hours. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was re-extracted with DCM (50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give a yellow oil. Flash chromatography produces two fractions; the first is the pure product, and the second is the product contaminated with dimer material. Trituration of the second fraction causes crystallization of the dimeric material, which is removed by filtration. The filtrate was combined with the first chromatographic fraction to give the desired product (800 mg, 23%); δH (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 4.16 (2H, s), 4.19 (2H, s), 4.48 (2H, m), 5.26 (1H, d), 5.37 (1H, d ), 5.95-6.06 (1H, m), 6.74 (2H, m), 7.09 (1H, d).

Dobivanje 1,3-dihidro-2-benzotiofen-5-ola Preparation of 1,3-dihydro-2-benzothiophen-5-ol

Alil eter iz stupnja (ii) (800 mg, 4,16 mmol) otopi se u THF (10 mL) i tretira s paladij tetrakis(trifenilfosfinom) (481 mg, 0,42 mmol), a nakon toga s natrij borohidridom (944 mg, 25 mmol). Smjesa se zatim zagrije na 45 °C i miješa na toj temperaturi tijekom 15 sati. Nakon hlađenja na sobnu temperaturu THF se upari, a talog se razdijeli između 2M NaOH otopine (25 mL) i dietil etera (25 mL). Vodeni sloj se odvoji, a organski sloj se ponovo ekstrahira s 2M NaOH otopinom (25 mL). Spojeni vodeni slojevi se neutraliziraju na pH 7-8 pomoću koncentrirane klorovodične kiseline i ekstrahiraju s EtOAc (2 x 25 mL). Spojeni organski ekstrakti se osuše (MgSO4) i upare dajući bistro ulje fenola u naslovu koje stajanjem prijeđe u krutinu (540 mg, 85%); 4,14 (2H, s), 4,17 (2H, s), 6,63-6,68 (2H, m), 7,04 (1H, d). The allyl ether from step (ii) (800 mg, 4.16 mmol) was dissolved in THF (10 mL) and treated with palladium tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) (481 mg, 0.42 mmol) followed by sodium borohydride (944 mg, 25 mmol). The mixture is then heated to 45 °C and stirred at that temperature for 15 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the THF was evaporated, and the precipitate was partitioned between 2M NaOH solution (25 mL) and diethyl ether (25 mL). The aqueous layer was separated and the organic layer was re-extracted with 2M NaOH solution (25 mL). The combined aqueous layers were neutralized to pH 7-8 with concentrated hydrochloric acid and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give a clear oil of the title phenol which solidified on standing (540 mg, 85%); 4.14 (2H, s), 4.17 (2H, s), 6.63-6.68 (2H, m), 7.04 (1H, d).

Biološka aktivnost Biological activity

Nizu spojeva testirana je biološka aktivnost prema njihovoj sposobnosti inhibiranja ponovnog uzimanja serotonina pomoću humanog transportera serotonina postupkom koji slijedi. A series of compounds were tested for biological activity according to their ability to inhibit the reuptake of serotonin by the human serotonin transporter by the following procedure.

Stanična kultura Cell culture

Humane stanice embrionalnog bubrega (HEK-293) trajno inficirane s ili humanim prijenosnikom serotonina (hSERT), prijenosnikom noradrenalina (hNET) ili prijenosnikom dopamina (hDAT) uzgojene su pod standardnim postupcima uzgoja kulture stanice (stanice rastu na 37 °C i 5% CO2 u DMEM-mediju u kulturi (nadopunjen s 10% dijaliziranog seruma iz lista fetusa (FCS), 2mM l-glutamina i 250 μg/ml geneticina)). Stanice zatestiranje se uzgajaju za dobivanje suspenzije stanica od 750,000 stanica/ml. Human embryonic kidney (HEK-293) cells persistently infected with either human serotonin transporter (hSERT), noradrenaline transporter (hNET) or dopamine transporter (hDAT) were grown under standard cell culture procedures (cells grow at 37 °C and 5% CO2 in DMEM-medium in culture (supplemented with 10% dialyzed fetal calf serum (FCS), 2 mM l-glutamine and 250 μg/ml geneticin)). Test cells are cultured to obtain a cell suspension of 750,000 cells/ml.

određivanje inhibicijskog potencijala determination of inhibition potential

Svi testirani spojevi se otope u 100% DMSO i razrijede u testnom puferu kako bi se dobile odgovarajuće testne koncentracije. Testovi se izvode na pločama od 96-jažica s filterom na dnu. Stanice (7500 stanica/testnoj jažici) preinkubiraju se u standardnom testnom puferu koji sadrži ili test spoj, standardni inhibitor ili spoj nosač (1% DMSO) tijekom 5 minuta. Reakcije započinju dodatkom ili supstrata 3H-serotonina, 3H-noradrenalina ili 3H-dopamina. Sve reakcije se izvode na sobnoj temperaturi u inkubatoru koji se trese. Inkubacijska vremena su 5 minuta za hSERT i hDAT testove i 15 minuta za hNET test. Reakcije se zaustavi uklanjanjem reakcijske smjese upotrebom vakuum pumpe sa više otvora i nakon toga brzim ispiranjem s ledeno hladnim testnim puferom. Zatim se odredi kvantitet 3H-supstrata inkorporiranog u stanice. All test compounds were dissolved in 100% DMSO and diluted in assay buffer to obtain appropriate assay concentrations. Assays are performed in 96-well plates with a bottom filter. Cells (7500 cells/test well) are preincubated in standard assay buffer containing either test compound, standard inhibitor, or vehicle compound (1% DMSO) for 5 minutes. The reactions start with the addition of either the substrate 3H-serotonin, 3H-noradrenaline or 3H-dopamine. All reactions are performed at room temperature in a shaking incubator. Incubation times are 5 minutes for the hSERT and hDAT tests and 15 minutes for the hNET test. Reactions were stopped by removing the reaction mixture using a multiport vacuum pump followed by rapid washing with ice-cold assay buffer. Then the quantity of 3H-substrate incorporated into the cells is determined.

Testne ploče se osuše u mikrovalnoj peći, doda se scintilacijska tekućina, te se izmjeri radioaktivnost. Potencijal testiranih spojeva se odredi kvantitativno kao IC50 vrijednosti (koncentracija testiranog spoja potrebna za 50% inhibiciju specifičnog ponovnog unosa radioaktivno označenog supstrata u stanice). The test plates are dried in a microwave oven, scintillation liquid is added, and the radioactivity is measured. The potential of the tested compounds is determined quantitatively as IC50 values (the concentration of the tested compound required for 50% inhibition of the specific reuptake of the radiolabeled substrate into the cells).

Sadržaj standardnog testnog pufera: Content of the standard test buffer:

Trizma hidroklorid (26mM) Trizma hydrochloride (26mM)

NaCl (124mM) NaCl (124mM)

KCl (4,5mM) KCl (4.5mM)

KH2PO4 (1,2mM) KH2PO4 (1.2mM)

MgCl2.6H2O (1,3mM) MgCl2.6H2O (1.3mM)

Askorbinska kiselina (1,136mM) Ascorbic acid (1.136mM)

Glukoza (5,55mM) Glucose (5.55mM)

pH 7,40 pH 7.40

CaCl2 (2,8mM) CaCl2 (2.8mM)

Pargilin (100M) Pargyline (100M)

Opaska: pH pufera se podesi na 7m40 pomoću 1M NaOH prije dodavanja CaCl2 i pargilina. Note: pH of the buffer is adjusted to 7m40 using 1M NaOH before adding CaCl2 and pargyline.

Sažetak parametara korištenih u pokusima Summary of parameters used in the experiments

[image] [image]

Spojevi koji imaju IC50 vrijednost inhibicije ponovnog unosa serotonina (SRI) nižu od ili jednaku 100nM uključuju spoj iz naslova primjera 1-6, 8-23, 25, 26, 29-32, 34-36, 43, 45-49, 51, 56-102, 109-130. Compounds having an IC50 serotonin reuptake inhibition (SRI) value of less than or equal to 100nM include the title compound of Examples 1-6, 8-23, 25, 26, 29-32, 34-36, 43, 45-49, 51, 56-102, 109-130.

Spojevi koji imaju IC50 vrijednost inhibicije ponovnog unosa serotonina (SRI) nižu od ili jednaku 100nM i koji su više od 10-struko potentniji u inhibiciji ponovnog uzimanja serotonina nego u inhibiciji ponovnog uzimanja dopamina ili ponovnog uzimanja noradrenalina uključuju spoj iz naslova primjera 1-6, 9-13, 16-19, 21, 22, 25, 26, 29-32, 34-36, 43, 45, 47-49, 51, 57-88, 90-102, 109-121, 123, 124, 127, 129. Compounds having an IC50 serotonin reuptake inhibition (SRI) value of less than or equal to 100nM and which are more than 10-fold more potent in inhibiting serotonin reuptake than in inhibiting dopamine reuptake or noradrenaline reuptake include the title compound of Examples 1-6, 9-13, 16-19, 21, 22, 25, 26, 29-32, 34-36, 43, 45, 47-49, 51, 57-88, 90-102, 109-121, 123, 124, 127, 129.

Spojevi koji imaju IC50 vrijednost inhibicije ponovnog unosa serotonina (SRI) nižu od ili jednaku 100nM i koji su više od 100-struko potentniji u inhibiciji ponovnog uzimanja serotonina nego u inhibiciji ponovnog uzimanja dopamina ili ponovnog uzimanja noradrenaline uključuju spoj iz naslova primjera 1, 2, 4, 5, 9, 12, 13, 16-19, 21, 22, 25, 26, 29-32, 34-36, 43, 45, 48, 49, 58-80, 83-88, 90, 92-97, 99-102, 111-113, 115-118, 120, 123, 124, 127. Compounds having an IC50 serotonin reuptake inhibition (SRI) value of less than or equal to 100 nM and which are more than 100-fold more potent in inhibiting serotonin reuptake than in inhibiting dopamine reuptake or noradrenaline reuptake include the title compound of Examples 1, 2, 4, 5, 9, 12, 13, 16-19, 21, 22, 25, 26, 29-32, 34-36, 43, 45, 48, 49, 58-80, 83-88, 90, 92- 97, 99-102, 111-113, 115-118, 120, 123, 124, 127.

Spojevi koji imaju IC50 vrijednost inhibicije ponovnog uzimanja serotonina (SRI) nižu od ili jednaku 50nM i koji su više od 100-struko potentniji u inhibiciji ponovnog uzimanja serotonina nego u inhibiciji ponovnog uzimanja dopamina i ponovnog uzimanja noradrenalina uključuju spoj iz naslova primjera 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 17, 18, 26, 29, 30, 36, 43, 45, 48, 49, 60-66, 68-75, 78, 79, 90, 92-94, 100, 102, 116, 118, 124. Compounds that have an IC50 serotonin reuptake inhibition (SRI) value of less than or equal to 50nM and that are more than 100-fold more potent in inhibiting serotonin reuptake than in inhibiting dopamine reuptake and noradrenaline reuptake include the title compound of Examples 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 17, 18, 26, 29, 30, 36, 43, 45, 48, 49, 60-66, 68-75, 78, 79, 90, 92-94, 100, 102, 116, 118, 124.

Detaljnije, spoj iz naslova primjera 16 ima IC50 vrijednost inhibicije ponovnog unosa serotonina (SRI) od 4,7 nM; spoj iz naslova primjera 29 ima ima IC50 vrijednost inhibicije ponovnog unosa serotonina (SRI) od 2,0 nM; i spoj iz naslova primjera 62 ima ima IC50 vrijednost inhibicije ponovnog unosa serotonina od 3,7 nM. In detail, the title compound of Example 16 has a serotonin reuptake inhibition (SRI) IC50 value of 4.7 nM; the title compound of Example 29 has an IC50 value of serotonin reuptake inhibition (SRI) of 2.0 nM; and the title compound of Example 62 has a serotonin reuptake inhibition IC50 value of 3.7 nM.

Claims (32)

1. Spoj prikazan općom formulom (I), njegove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli, solvati ili polimorfi; [image] naznačen time, da: R1 i R2, koji mogu biti identični ili različiti, jesu H, C1-C6alkil ili (CH2)d(C3-C6cikloalkil) pri čemu d=0, 1, 2 ili 3; ili R1 i R2 zajedno s dušikom na koji su spojeni tvore azetidinski prsten; Z ili Y je -SR3, a drugi Z ili Y je halogen ili -R3; pri čemu R3 je neovisni C1-C4alkil eventualno supstituiran s fluorom; uz iznimku da R3 nije CF3; ili Z i Y su povezani tako da, zajedno s međuatomima, Z i Y tvore spojeni 5 do 7-člani karbociklički ili heterociklički prsten koji može biti zasićen, nezasićen ili aromatski, a u kojem kada Z i Y tvore heterociklički prsten, dodatno na atom ugljika, spojnica sadrži jedan ili dva heteroatoma neovisno odabrana između kisika, sumpora i dušika; uz uvjet da kada R5 je fluor i R2 je metil tada spojeni prsten nije 1,3-dioksalan, a Z i Y zajedno ne tvore spojeni fenilni prsten; R4 i R5, koji mogu biti identični ili različiti, jesu: A-X, gdje A =-CH=CH- ili -(CH2)p- pri čemu p je 0, 1 ili 2; X je vodik, F, Cl, Br, I, CONR6R7, SO2NR6R7, SO2NHC(=O)R6, OH, C1-4alkoksi, NR8SO2R9, NO2, NR6R11, CN, CO2R10, CHO, SR10, S(O)R9 ili SO2R10; R6, R7, R8 i R10 koji mogu biti identični ili različiti, jesu vodik ili C1-6alkil eventualno neovisno supstituiran s jedan ili više R12; R9 je C1-6alkil eventualno neovisno supstituiran s jedan ili više R12; R11 je vodik, C1-6alkil eventualno neovisno supstituiran s jedan ili više R12, C(O)R6, CO2R9, C(O)NHR6 ili SO2NR6R7; R12 je F, OH, CO2H, C3-6cikloalkil, NH2, CONH2, C1-6alkoksi, C1-6alkoksikarbonil ili 5- ili 6-člani heterociklički prsten koji sadrži 1, 2 ili 3 heteroatoma odabrana između N, S i O eventualno neovisno supstituiran s jedan ili više R13; ili R6 i R7, zajedno s dušikom na koji su spojeni, tvore 4-, 5- ili 6-člani heterociklički prsten eventualno neovisno supstituiran s jedan ili više R13; ili 5- ili 6-člani heterociklički prsten koji sadrži 1, 2 ili 3 heteroatoma odabrana između N, S i O, eventualno neovisno supstituiran s jedan ili više R13; pri čemu R13 je hidroksi, C1-C4alkoksi, F, C1-C6alkil, haloalkil, haloalkoksi, -NH2, -NH(C1-C6alkil) ili -N(C1-C6alkil)2. 1. The compound represented by the general formula (I), its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or polymorphs; [image] indicated that: R1 and R2, which may be identical or different, are H, C1-C6alkyl or (CH2)d(C3-C6cycloalkyl) wherein d=0, 1, 2 or 3; or R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form an azetidine ring; Z or Y is -SR 3 and the second Z or Y is halogen or -R 3 ; wherein R 3 is an independent C 1 -C 4 alkyl optionally substituted with fluorine; with the exception that R 3 is not CF 3 ; or Z and Y are linked so that, together with intermediate atoms, Z and Y form a fused 5- to 7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring which may be saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, and in which when Z and Y form a heterocyclic ring, in addition to the carbon atom , the linker contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen; with the proviso that when R5 is fluorine and R2 is methyl then the fused ring is not 1,3-dioxalane and Z and Y together do not form a fused phenyl ring; R4 and R5, which can be identical or different, are: A-X, where A =-CH=CH- or -(CH2)p- where p is 0, 1 or 2; X is hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, I, CONR6R7, SO2NR6R7, SO2NHC(=O)R6, OH, C1-4Alkoxy, NR8SO2R9, NO2, NR6R11, CN, CO2R10, CHO, SR10, S(O)R9 or SO2R10 ; R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 10 , which may be identical or different, are hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl optionally independently substituted by one or more R 12 ; R 9 is C 1-6 alkyl optionally independently substituted with one or more R 12 ; R 11 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl optionally independently substituted with one or more R 12 , C(O)R 6 , CO 2 R 9 , C(O)NHR 6 or SO 2 NR 6 R 7 ; R 12 is F, OH, CO 2 H, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, NH 2 , CONH 2 , C 1-6 alkoxy, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyl or a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, S and O optionally independently substituted with one or more R13; or R6 and R7, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a 4-, 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring optionally independently substituted with one or more R13; or 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, S and O, optionally independently substituted with one or more R 13 ; wherein R 13 is hydroxy, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, F, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkyl, -NH 2 , -NH(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) or -N(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) 2 . 2. Spoj prema zahtjevu 1, njegove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli, solvati ili polimorfi, naznačeni time, da R1 i R2, koji mogu biti identični ili različiti, jesu vodik ili C1-C6alkil.2. The compound according to claim 1, its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or polymorphs, characterized in that R1 and R2, which may be identical or different, are hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl. 3. Spoj prema zahtjevima 1 ili 2, njegove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli, solvati ili polimorfi, naznačeni time, da kada Z ili Y su -SR3, R3 je metil ili etil.3. A compound according to claims 1 or 2, its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or polymorphs, characterized in that when Z or Y is -SR3, R3 is methyl or ethyl. 4. Spoj prema zahtjevima 1 ili 2, njegove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli, solvati ili polimorfi, naznačeni time, da kada Z i Y su povezani tako da daju spojeni prsten, prsten je heterociklički.4. A compound according to claim 1 or 2, its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or polymorphs, characterized in that when Z and Y are linked to form a fused ring, the ring is heterocyclic. 5. Spoj prema zahtjevu 4, njegove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli, solvati ili polimorfi, naznačeni time, da u dodatku na atom ugljika, spojnica sadrži jedan ili dva atoma sumpora.5. The compound according to claim 4, its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or polymorphs, characterized in that in addition to the carbon atom, the compound contains one or two sulfur atoms. 6. Spoj prema bilo kojem prethodnom zahtjevu, njegove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli, solvati ili polimorfi, naznačeni time, da R6 i R7 koji mogu biti identični ili različiti, jesu vodik, C1-C3alkil eventualno supstituiran s hidroksi, -CONH2 ili C1-C3alkoksi skupinom.6. A compound according to any preceding claim, its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or polymorphs, characterized in that R6 and R7, which may be identical or different, are hydrogen, C1-C3alkyl optionally substituted with a hydroxy, -CONH2 or C1-C3alkoxy group . 7. Spoj prema bilo kojem prethodnom zahtjevu, njegove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli, solvati ili polimorfi, naznačeni time, da R8 je vodik, hidroksietil ili metil. 7. A compound according to any preceding claim, its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or polymorphs, characterized in that R8 is hydrogen, hydroxyethyl or methyl. 8. Spoj prema bilo kojem prethodnom zahtjevu, njegove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli, solvati ili polimorfi, naznačeni time, da R9 je metil, etil, izopropil, trifluorometil ili metoksietil.8. A compound according to any preceding claim, its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or polymorphs, characterized in that R9 is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, trifluoromethyl or methoxyethyl. 9. Spoj prema bilo kojem prethodnom zahtjevu, njegove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli, solvati ili polimorfi, naznačeni time, da p je 1 ili 0.9. A compound according to any preceding claim, its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or polymorphs, characterized in that p is 1 or 0. 10. Spoj prema bilo kojem prethodnom zahtjevu, njegove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli, solvati ili polimorfi, naznačeni time, da R4 i R5, koji mogu biti identični ili različiti, jesu: -(CH2)p-X, gdje p je 0, 1 ili 2; X je vodik, hidroksi, CONR6R7, SO2NR6R7, NR8SO2R9, SR10, SOR9 ili SO2R10 pri čemu R6, R7, R8, R9 i R10 su kao što su opisani u zahtjevu 1, ili 5- ili 6-člani heterociklički prsten koji sadrži 1, 2 ili 3 heteroatoma odabrana između N, S i O. 10. A compound according to any preceding claim, its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or polymorphs, characterized in that R4 and R5, which may be identical or different, are: -(CH2)p-X, where p is 0, 1 or 2; X is hydrogen, hydroxy, CONR6R7, SO2NR6R7, NR8SO2R9, SR10, SOR9 or SO2R10 wherein R6, R7, R8, R9 and R10 are as described in claim 1, or A 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, S and O. 11. Spoj prema bilo kojem prethodnom zahtjevu, njegove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli, solvati ili polimorfi, naznačeni time, da R4 and R5, koji mogu biti identični ili različiti, jesu: -(CH2)P-X, gdje p je 0 ili 1; X je vodik, hidroksi, CONR6R7, SO2NR6R7 ili NR8SO2R9; pri čemu R6 i R7, koji mogu biti identični ili različiti, jesu vodik ili C1-C3alkil eventualno supstituiran s hidroksi, -CONH2 ili C1-C3alkoksi (preferira se metoksi); R8 je vodik, hidroksietil ili metil; ili R9 je metil, etil, izopropil, trifluorometil ili metoksietil; ili triazolil, imidazolil ili pirazolil.11. A compound according to any preceding claim, its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or polymorphs, characterized in that R4 and R5, which may be identical or different, are: -(CH2)P-X, where p is 0 or 1; X is hydrogen, hydroxy, CONR6R7, SO2NR6R7 or NR8SO2R9; wherein R 6 and R 7 , which may be identical or different, are hydrogen or C 1 -C 3 alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, -CONH 2 or C 1 -C 3 alkoxy (methoxy is preferred); R 8 is hydrogen, hydroxyethyl or methyl; or R 9 is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, trifluoromethyl or methoxyethyl; or triazolyl, imidazolyl or pyrazolyl. 12. Spoj prema bilo kojem prethodnom zahtjevu, njegove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli, solvati ili polimorfi, naznačeni time, da R4 i R5 nisu oba vodik.12. A compound according to any preceding claim, its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or polymorphs, characterized in that R4 and R5 are not both hydrogen. 13. Spoj prema bilo kojem prethodnom zahtjevu, njegove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli, solvati ili polimorfi, naznačeni time, da R4 je vodik.13. A compound according to any preceding claim, its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or polymorphs, characterized in that R4 is hydrogen. 14. Spoj prema zahtjevu 1, njegove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli, solvati ili polimorfi, naznačeni time, da su odabrani iz skupine koju čine: 4-(2,3-dihidro-1-benzotien-5-iloksi)-3-[(metilamino)metil]-benzensulfonamid (Primjer 2); 3-[(dimetilamino)metil]-4-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-benzensulfonamid (Primjer 12); 4-(2,3-dihidro-1-benzotien-5-iloksi)-3-[(dimetilamino)metil]-benzensulfonamid (Primjer 16); 4-[3-kloro-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-3-[(dimetilamino)metil]-benzensulfonamid (Primjer 17); 3-[(dimetilamino)metil]-4-[3-fluoro-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-benzensulfonamid (Primjer 18); N,N-dimetil-N-[2-(6-kinoliniloksi)benzil]-amin (Primjer 29); 3-[(metilamino)metil]-4-(6-kinoliniloksi)-benzensulfonamid (Primjer 35); 4-(2,3-dihidro-1-benzotien-5-iloksi)-3-[(metilamino)metil]-benzamid (Primjer 60); 4-(2,3-dihidro-1-benzotien-5-iloksi)-N-metil-3-[(metilamino)metil]-benzamid (Primjer 62); N-{3-[(metilamino)metil]-4-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]benzil}-metansulfonamid (Primjer 75); 3-[(metilamino)metil]-4-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]-benzamid (Primjer 79); 4-(2,3-dihidro-1,4-benzoksatiin-7-iloksi)-3-[(dimetilamino)metil]-benzamid (Primjer 88); {3-[(dimetilamino)metil]-4-[3-fluoro-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]fenil}-metanol (Primjer 90); 3-[(dimetilamino)metil]-4-(6-kinoliniloksi)benzamid (Primjer 100); 3-[(metilamino)metil]-4-(6-kinoliniloksi)benzamid (Primjer 102); N-metil-N-{3-[(metilamino)metil]-4-[3-metil-4-(metilsulfanil)fenoksi]fenil}-metansulfonamid (Primjer 116) i N-{4-(2,3-dihidro-1,4-benzoksatiin-7-iloksi)-3-[(dimetilamino)metil]fenil}-metansulfonamid (Primjer 124).14. The compound according to claim 1, its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or polymorphs, characterized in that they are selected from the group consisting of: 4-(2,3-dihydro-1-benzothien-5-yloxy)-3-[(methylamino)methyl]-benzenesulfonamide (Example 2); 3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-4-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-benzenesulfonamide (Example 12); 4-(2,3-dihydro-1-benzothien-5-yloxy)-3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-benzenesulfonamide (Example 16); 4-[3-chloro-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-benzenesulfonamide (Example 17); 3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-4-[3-fluoro-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-benzenesulfonamide (Example 18); N,N-dimethyl-N-[2-(6-quinolinyloxy)benzyl]-amine (Example 29); 3-[(methylamino)methyl]-4-(6-quinolinyloxy)-benzenesulfonamide (Example 35); 4-(2,3-dihydro-1-benzothien-5-yloxy)-3-[(methylamino)methyl]-benzamide (Example 60); 4-(2,3-dihydro-1-benzothien-5-yloxy)-N-methyl-3-[(methylamino)methyl]-benzamide (Example 62); N-{3-[(methylamino)methyl]-4-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]benzyl}-methanesulfonamide (Example 75); 3-[(methylamino)methyl]-4-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]-benzamide (Example 79); 4-(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzoxathiin-7-yloxy)-3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-benzamide (Example 88); {3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-4-[3-fluoro-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]phenyl}-methanol (Example 90); 3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-4-(6-quinolinyloxy)benzamide (Example 100); 3-[(methylamino)methyl]-4-(6-quinolinyloxy)benzamide (Example 102); N-methyl-N-{3-[(methylamino)methyl]-4-[3-methyl-4-(methylsulfanyl)phenoxy]phenyl}-methanesulfonamide (Example 116) and N-{4-(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzoxathiin-7-yloxy)-3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]phenyl}-methanesulfonamide (Example 124). 15. Spoj kao što je opisan u bilo kojem prethodnom zahtjevu, njegove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli, solvati ili polimorfi, naznačeni time, da se upotrebljavaju kao lijek. 15. A compound as described in any preceding claim, its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or polymorphs, indicated to be used as a medicine. 16. Farmaceutska formulacija, naznačena time, da sadrži spoj koji je opisan u bilo kojem od zahtjeva 1 do 14, ili njegove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli, solvate ili polimorfe, i farmaceutski prihvatljivu pomoćnu tvar, diluent ili nosač.16. A pharmaceutical formulation, characterized in that it contains the compound described in any one of claims 1 to 14, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or polymorphs, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent or carrier. 17. Upotreba spoja koji je definiran u bilo kojem od zahtjeva 1 do 14, njegove farmaceutski prihvatljivih soli, solvata ili polimorfa naznačena time, da je u proizvodnji lijekova za liječenje ili prevenciju poremećaja u koje je uključena regulacija funkcije transporta monoamina.17. The use of the compound defined in any of claims 1 to 14, its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or polymorphs, indicated in the production of drugs for the treatment or prevention of disorders involving the regulation of monoamine transport function. 18. Upotreba prema zahtjevu 17, naznačena time, da poremećaj je depresija, hiperaktivni poremećaj uz deficit pažnje, opsesivno-kompulzivni poremećaj, posttraumatski stresni poremećaj, poremećaj zloupotrebe droga ili seksualna disfunkcija.18. Use according to claim 17, characterized in that the disorder is depression, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, post-traumatic stress disorder, drug abuse disorder or sexual dysfunction. 19. Upotreba prema zahtjevu 18, naznačena time, da poremećaj je preuranjena ejakulacija.19. Use according to claim 18, characterized in that the disorder is premature ejaculation. 20. Postupak liječenja ili prevencije poremećaja u koji je uključena regulacija funkcije transporta monoamina, naznačen time, da se sastoji od primjene djelotvorne količine spoj koji je opisan u bilo kojem od zahtjeva 1 do 14, njegove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli, solvati ili polimorfi, na pacijentu koji ima potrebu za takvim liječenjem ili prevencijom.20. A method of treatment or prevention of a disorder in which the regulation of monoamine transport function is involved, characterized in that it consists in the administration of an effective amount of the compound described in any of claims 1 to 14, its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or polymorphs, to the patient who is in need of such treatment or prevention. 21. Postupak liječenja ili prevencije preuranjene ejakulacije, naznačen time, da se sastoji od primjene djelotvorne količine spoj koji je opisan u bilo kojem od zahtjeva 1 do 14, njegove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli, solvata ili polimorfa, na pacijentu koji ima potrebu za takvim liječenjem ili prevencijom.21. A method of treatment or prevention of premature ejaculation, characterized by the fact that it consists of applying an effective amount of the compound described in any of claims 1 to 14, its pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or polymorph, to a patient in need of such treatment or prevention. 22. Postupak povećanja ejakulacijske latentnosti naznačen time, da sadrži primjenu djelotvorne količine spoj koji je opisan u bilo kojem od zahtjeva 1 do 14, njegove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli, solvata ili polimorfa, na muškarcima koji žele povećati ejakulacijsku latentnost..22. A method of increasing ejaculation latency characterized by the fact that it contains the application of an effective amount of the compound described in any of claims 1 to 14, its pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or polymorph, to men who wish to increase ejaculation latency. 23. Postupak dobivanje spoja prikazanog općom formulom (I); [image] pri čemu R1, R2, R4, R5, X i Z su kao što su opisani u bilo kojem od zahtjeva 1 do 14, naznačen time, da uključuje reakciju spoja prikazanog općom formulom Ia [image] pod pogodnim reakcijskim uvjetima dajući spoj prikazan formulom 1, pri čemu pogodni reakcijski uvjeti su: i) gdje R4/R5 su halogen, reakcijom spoja (Ia) s pogodnim sredstvom halogeniranja u inertnom otapalu koje ne utječe nepovoljno na reakcijsku smjesu; ii) gdje R4/R5 su -NO2, reakcijom spoja (Ia) s pogodnim sredstvom nitriranja u inertnom otapalu koje ne utječe nepovoljno na reakcijsku smjesu na, ili ispod sobne temperature; ili iii) gdje R4/R5 je -SO2NR6R7 reakcijom međuspoja sulfonil klorida sa zahtjevanim aminom prikazanim formulom HNR6R7 u pogodnom otapalu.23. Procedure for obtaining the compound represented by the general formula (I); [image] wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , X and Z are as described in any one of claims 1 to 14, characterized in that it involves the reaction of a compound represented by the general formula Ia [image] under suitable reaction conditions giving the compound shown by formula 1, wherein the suitable reaction conditions are: i) where R4/R5 are halogen, by reacting compound (Ia) with a suitable halogenating agent in an inert solvent that does not adversely affect the reaction mixture; ii) where R4/R5 are -NO2, by reacting compound (Ia) with a suitable nitrating agent in an inert solvent that does not adversely affect the reaction mixture at or below room temperature; or iii) where R4/R5 is -SO2NR6R7 by reacting the sulfonyl chloride intermediate with the required amine shown by the formula HNR6R7 in a suitable solvent. 24. Postupak prema zahtjevu 23 za dobivanje spoja prikazanog formulom (Iq), tj. spoja prikazanog formulom I gdje R5 je -SO2NR6R7, a R4 je vodik, [image] naznačen time, da sadrži: a) rekaciju spoja prikazanog formulom Ia, eventualno u pogodnom otapalu, s klorosulfonskom kiselina dajući spoj prikazan formulom XVIII [image] nakon čega slijedi b) reakcija s HNR6R7 dajući spoj prikazan formulom (Iq).24. Process according to claim 23 for obtaining the compound represented by formula (Iq), i.e. the compound represented by formula I where R5 is -SO2NR6R7 and R4 is hydrogen, [image] characterized by the fact that it contains: a) reaction of the compound represented by formula Ia, possibly in a suitable solvent, with chlorosulfonic acid to give the compound represented by formula XVIII [image] after which follows b) reaction with HNR6R7 giving the compound shown by formula (Iq). 25. Postupak prema zahtjevu 24, naznačen time, da spoj prikazan formulom XVIII je dobiven in situ i reagira s HNR6R7 bez izolacije.25. The process according to claim 24, characterized in that the compound represented by formula XVIII is obtained in situ and reacts with HNR6R7 without isolation. 26. Postupak prema bilo kojem od zahtjeva 23 do 25, naznačen time, da nadalje uključuje stupanj dobivanja spojeva prikazanih formulom (Ia), reakcijom spojeva prikazanih formulom (IIa) [image] sa spojem prikazanim formulom HNR1R2, ili s pogodnom njegovom soli, zajedno s hidridnim reducirajućim sredstvom u pogodnom otapalu, čime se dobiva spoj prikazan formulom (Ia).26. The method according to any one of claims 23 to 25, characterized in that it further includes the step of obtaining compounds represented by formula (Ia), by reaction of compounds represented by formula (IIa) [image] with the compound represented by the formula HNR1R2, or with a suitable salt thereof, together with a hydride reducing agent in a suitable solvent, thereby obtaining the compound represented by the formula (Ia). 27. Međuspoj prikazan formulom (IIa) ili (XVIII) kao što je opisan u zahtjevima 23 do 26, naznačen time, da je uvjet da (IIa) ne može biti 2-((31,41-metilendioksi)fenoksi)benzaldehid.27. An intermediate represented by formula (IIa) or (XVIII) as described in claims 23 to 26, characterized in that the condition that (IIa) cannot be 2-((31,41-methylenedioxy)phenoxy)benzaldehyde. 28. Postupak dobivanja spoja prikazanog formulom I [image] pri čemu R1, R2, R4, R5, X i Z su kao što su opisani u bilo kojem od zahtjeva 1 do 14, naznačen time, da sadrži reakciju spojeva prikazanih formulom II [image] sa spojem prikazanim formulom HNR1R2 ili s njegovom pogodnom soli, zajedno s hidridnim reducirajućim sredstvom u pogodnom otapalu.28. Procedure for obtaining the compound represented by formula I [image] wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , X and Z are as described in any one of claims 1 to 14, characterized in that it contains the reaction of the compounds shown by formula II [image] with a compound of the formula HNR1R2 or a suitable salt thereof, together with a hydride reducing agent in a suitable solvent. 29. Postupak prema zahtjevu 28, naznačen time, da nadalje sadrži spajanje pod pogodnim reakcijskim uvjetima spoja prikazanog formulom III, [image] pri čemu L je pogodna otpuštajuća skupina kao što je halogen ili sulfonat ester kao što su trifluorometansulfonat ili metansulfonat, sa spojem prikazanim formulom IV [image] čime se dobiva spoj prikazan formulom II.29. The method according to claim 28, characterized in that it further contains the coupling under suitable reaction conditions of the compound represented by formula III, [image] wherein L is a suitable leaving group such as halogen or a sulfonate ester such as trifluoromethanesulfonate or methanesulfonate, with a compound of formula IV [image] thereby obtaining the compound shown by formula II. 30. Međuspoj prikazan formulom II kao što je opisan u zahtjevu 28, naznačen time, da uvjet je da spoj prikazan formulom (II) ne može biti 2-((31,41-metilendioksi)fenoksi)benzaldehid ill 2-((31,41-metilendioksi)fenoksi)-5-fluorobenzaldehid.30. Intermediate compound represented by formula II as described in claim 28, characterized in that the condition is that the compound represented by formula (II) cannot be 2-((31,41-methylenedioxy)phenoxy)benzaldehyde or 2-((31, 41-methylenedioxy)phenoxy)-5-fluorobenzaldehyde. 31. Spoj prikazan općom formulom (I), ili njegove farmaceutski prihvatljive soli, solvati ili polimorfi, naznačen time, da R1, R2, Y i Z su kao što su opisani u zahtjevu 1; a R4 i R5, koji mogu biti identični ili različiti, jesu -(CH2)p-A', pri čemu p je 0, 1 ili 2, a A' je polarna skupina.31. The compound represented by the general formula (I), or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or polymorphs, characterized in that R1, R2, Y and Z are as described in claim 1; and R 4 and R 5 , which may be identical or different, are -(CH 2 ) p -A', wherein p is 0, 1 or 2 and A' is a polar group. 32. Spoj prema zahtjevu 23, naznačen time, da polarna skupina ima [image] 32. -vrijednost negativniju od -0,1.32. A compound according to claim 23, characterized in that the polar group has [image] 32. -value more negative than -0.1.
HR20030141A 2000-08-31 2003-02-26 Phenoxybenzylamine derivatives as selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitors HRP20030141A2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GB0021593A GB0021593D0 (en) 2000-08-31 2000-08-31 Diphenyl ether compounds useful in therapy
GB0107116A GB0107116D0 (en) 2001-03-21 2001-03-21 Novel compounds
PCT/IB2001/001521 WO2002018333A1 (en) 2000-08-31 2001-08-22 Phenoxybenzylamine derivatives as selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitors

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
HRP20030141A2 true HRP20030141A2 (en) 2003-04-30

Family

ID=26244953

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
HR20030141A HRP20030141A2 (en) 2000-08-31 2003-02-26 Phenoxybenzylamine derivatives as selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitors

Country Status (32)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1313701A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2004507523A (en)
KR (1) KR20030029889A (en)
CN (1) CN1449380A (en)
AP (1) AP2001002265A0 (en)
AR (1) AR031867A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2001278650A1 (en)
BG (1) BG107544A (en)
BR (1) BR0113610A (en)
CA (1) CA2420969A1 (en)
CZ (1) CZ2003467A3 (en)
DO (1) DOP2001000242A (en)
DZ (1) DZ3414A1 (en)
EA (1) EA200300206A1 (en)
EE (1) EE200300084A (en)
HN (1) HN2001000191A (en)
HR (1) HRP20030141A2 (en)
HU (1) HUP0303385A2 (en)
IL (1) IL154343A0 (en)
IS (1) IS6704A (en)
MA (1) MA26945A1 (en)
MX (1) MXPA03001848A (en)
NO (1) NO20030842L (en)
NZ (1) NZ523951A (en)
OA (1) OA12372A (en)
PA (1) PA8526701A1 (en)
PE (1) PE20020346A1 (en)
PL (1) PL360743A1 (en)
SK (1) SK2012003A3 (en)
TN (1) TNSN01131A1 (en)
UY (1) UY26924A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2002018333A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6403597B1 (en) * 1997-10-28 2002-06-11 Vivus, Inc. Administration of phosphodiesterase inhibitors for the treatment of premature ejaculation
US6436938B1 (en) * 2001-01-22 2002-08-20 Pfizer Inc. Combination treatment for depression
US20020107244A1 (en) * 2001-02-02 2002-08-08 Howard Harry R. Combination treatment for depression
US20020183306A1 (en) * 2001-05-30 2002-12-05 Pfizer Inc. Combination treatment for sleep disorders including sleep apnea
GB0318706D0 (en) * 2003-08-08 2003-09-10 Pfizer Ltd Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors in the treatment of disease
AP2006003700A0 (en) 2004-02-13 2006-08-31 Warner Lambert Co Androgen receptor modulators
WO2005100305A1 (en) 2004-04-13 2005-10-27 Warner-Lambert Company Llc Androgen modulators
CA2562672C (en) 2004-04-22 2009-09-29 Warner-Lambert Company Llc 4-cyano-phenoxy derivatives as androgen modulators
JP4874965B2 (en) 2004-07-08 2012-02-15 ワーナー−ランバート カンパニー リミテッド ライアビリティー カンパニー Androgen regulator
BRPI0514405A (en) * 2004-08-18 2008-06-10 Warner Lambert Co androgen modulators
BRPI0514675A (en) * 2004-09-10 2008-06-17 Pfizer Prod Inc therapeutic diphenyl ether binders
TW200724139A (en) 2005-05-05 2007-07-01 Warner Lambert Co Androgen modulators
WO2007010350A1 (en) * 2005-07-19 2007-01-25 Pfizer Products Inc. Synthesis of therapeutic diphenyl ethers
WO2007047397A2 (en) 2005-10-13 2007-04-26 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Phenol ethers as modulators of the opioid receptors
US20100048713A1 (en) * 2006-01-06 2010-02-25 Aarhus Universitet Compounds acting on the serotonin transporter
AU2007265242A1 (en) * 2006-06-29 2008-01-03 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Substituted benzyl amine compounds
AU2007265239A1 (en) 2006-06-29 2008-01-03 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Butyl and butynyl benzyl amine compounds
AU2007265240A1 (en) * 2006-06-29 2008-01-03 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Substituted aminomethyl benzamide compounds
US8642583B2 (en) 2008-10-30 2014-02-04 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Serotonin receptor modulators
US8575364B2 (en) 2008-10-30 2013-11-05 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Modulators of serotonin receptor
KR101043200B1 (en) * 2010-11-08 2011-06-21 성시민 Air charging device for respiration air tank
US9092242B2 (en) 2011-01-27 2015-07-28 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Computing device to connect to a portable device
CN113543852A (en) 2019-03-06 2021-10-22 第一三共株式会社 Pyrrolopyrazole derivatives

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ZA923283B (en) * 1991-05-29 1993-01-27 Akzo Nv Phenoxyphenyl derivatives
KR960703901A (en) * 1993-08-19 1996-08-31 로즈 암스트롱 Substituted 2 (5H) furanone, 2 (5H) thiophenone and 2 (5H) pyrrolone derivatives, methods for their preparation and their use as endothelin antagonists (Substituted 2 (5H) Furanone, 2 (5H) Thiophenone and 2 (5H) Pyrrolone Derivatives, Their Preparation and Their Use as Endothelin antagonists)
CZ293595A3 (en) * 1995-11-09 1999-12-15 Farmak A. S. Derivatives of n,n-dimethyl-2-(arylthio)benzylamine, their salts, processes of their preparation and their use in medicaments
WO1999047497A2 (en) * 1998-03-13 1999-09-23 Merck Frosst Canada & Co. Carboxylic acids and acylsulfonamides, compositions containing such compounds and methods of treatment
AP2001002252A0 (en) * 1999-02-23 2001-09-30 Pfizer Prod Inc Monoamine reuptake inhibitors for treatment of CNS disorders.
GB0007884D0 (en) * 2000-03-31 2000-05-17 Pfizer Ltd Diphenyl ether compounds useful in therapy

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
DZ3414A1 (en) 2002-03-07
MXPA03001848A (en) 2003-06-04
WO2002018333A1 (en) 2002-03-07
AU2001278650A1 (en) 2002-03-13
CN1449380A (en) 2003-10-15
AP2001002265A0 (en) 2001-09-30
TNSN01131A1 (en) 2005-11-10
NO20030842L (en) 2003-04-28
HUP0303385A2 (en) 2004-03-01
BR0113610A (en) 2003-06-24
PL360743A1 (en) 2004-09-20
CZ2003467A3 (en) 2004-04-14
EP1313701A1 (en) 2003-05-28
KR20030029889A (en) 2003-04-16
AR031867A1 (en) 2003-10-08
UY26924A1 (en) 2002-03-22
IL154343A0 (en) 2003-09-17
EA200300206A1 (en) 2003-06-26
JP2004507523A (en) 2004-03-11
HN2001000191A (en) 2002-03-11
DOP2001000242A (en) 2002-05-15
NO20030842D0 (en) 2003-02-24
EE200300084A (en) 2005-02-15
CA2420969A1 (en) 2002-03-07
SK2012003A3 (en) 2004-06-08
IS6704A (en) 2003-01-30
BG107544A (en) 2003-10-31
PA8526701A1 (en) 2003-07-28
PE20020346A1 (en) 2002-05-08
OA12372A (en) 2006-04-17
NZ523951A (en) 2004-09-24
MA26945A1 (en) 2004-12-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
HRP20030141A2 (en) Phenoxybenzylamine derivatives as selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitors
EA016126B1 (en) Non-basic melanin concentrating hormone receptor-1 antagonists
JP2000515136A (en) Bicyclic heteroaromatics as protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors
AU784934B2 (en) Diphenyl ether compounds useful in therapy
JP2008543828A (en) 3-Phenylazetidine derivatives as dopamine agonists
US6630504B2 (en) Phenoxyphenylheterocyclyl derivatives as SSRIs
JP2010522156A (en) Pyrimido [4,5-d] azepine derivatives as 5-HT2c agonists
ES2227448T3 (en) DERIVATIVES OF PHENYL-HETEROCICLIL-ETERES AS INHIBITORS OF SEROTONINE REABSORTION.
JP3802782B2 (en) Phenoxyphenyl heterocyclyl derivatives as SSRIs
US6610747B2 (en) Phenoxybenzylamine derivatives as SSRIs
US6800652B2 (en) Diaryl compounds
ES2349066T3 (en) SUBSTITUTE PYRIDYLMETHYLBICICLOCARBOXAMIDE COMPOUNDS.
US7129234B2 (en) Phenyl heterocyclyl ethers
MXPA05001834A (en) Diaryl compounds as monoamine reuptake inhibitors.

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
A1OB Publication of a patent application
ARAI Request for the grant of a patent on the basis of the submitted results of a substantive examination of a patent application
OBST Application withdrawn